sysstat 8.1.7-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysstat

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
sysstat. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, February 18, 2009.

Thanks,

msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysstat 5.0.3 (templates)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: syss...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-04 18:52+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-15 16:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:2001
msgid "Remove old format statistics data files?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Format of daily data statistics files has changed in version ${s_version} "
#| "of sysstat and is *not* compatible with the previous one!"
msgid ""
"The format of daily data statistics files has changed in version "
"${s_version} of sysstat and is not compatible with the previous one."
msgstr ""
"Il formato dei file con i dati statistici giornalieri è cambiato nella "
"versione ${s_version} di sysstat e *non* è compatibile con il precedente!"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you activate this option, any existing data files in /var/log/sysstat/ "
#| "directory will be deleted."
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, all existing data files in the /var/log/sysstat/ "
"directory will be deleted."
msgstr ""
"Se si attiva questa opzione qualsiasi file esistente nella directory /var/"
"log/sysstat/ verrà cancellato."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you don't enable this option, the sar(1) command will show only the "
#| "current statistics."
msgid ""
"If you don't choose this option, the sar(1) command will not work properly "
"until you remove the files manually."
msgstr ""
"Se non si attiva questa opzione il comando sar(1) mostra solo le statistiche "
"attuali."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to activate sysstat's cron job?"
msgid "Activate sysstat's cron job?"
msgstr "Si vuole attivare il cron job per sysstat?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If this option is enabled the sysstat package will collect (using the "
#| "cron daemon and init.d script) binary data concerning system activities "
#| "and store them in log files within /var/log/sysstat/ directory."
msgid ""
"If this option is enabled the sysstat package will monitor system activities "
"and store the data in log files within /var/log/sysstat/."
msgstr ""
"Se questa opzione è attiva il pacchetto sysstat roccoglierà (tramite il "
"demone cron e lo script init.d) dei dati binari sulle attività del sistema "
"che verranno memorizzati in dei file di log nella directory /var/log/"
"sysstat/."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "With this data the sar(1) command will be able to display day-long system "
#| "statistics."
msgid ""
"This data allows the sar(1) command to display system statistics for the "
"whole day."
msgstr ""
"Con questi dati il comando sar(1) è in grado di mostrare statistiche del "
"sistema su base giornaliera."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sysstat.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you don't enable this option, the sar(1) command will show only the "
#| "current statistics."
msgid ""
"If you don't enable this option, the sar(1) command will only show the "
"current statistics."
msgstr ""
"Se non si attiva questa opzione il comando sar(1) mostra solo le statistiche "
"attuali."

#~ msgid "Do you want post-installation script to remove these data files?"
#~ msgstr "Si vuole che lo script post-installation rimuova questi file?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you don't want to remove them automatically, please remove them by "
#~ "hand later, in order for the sar command to work properly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se non si vogliono rimuovere automaticamente, è necessario rimuovelri "
#~ "manualmente in seguito per fare funzionare correttamente il comando sar."

#~ msgid "WARNING: daily data files format has changed!"
#~ msgstr "AVVISO: il formato dei file con i dati giornalieri è cambiato!"

#~ msgid "Existing data files need to be deleted."
#~ msgstr "I file con i dati esistenti devono essere rimossi."

root-system 5.18.00-2.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package root-system

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
root-system. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, March 01, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for root-system
# Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the root-system package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: root-system 5.18.00 PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: root-sys...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-15 12:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-04 16:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:2001
msgid "Non-free fonts"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "These fonts were provided by Microsoft \"in the interest of cross-"
#| "platform compatibility\". This is no longer the case, but they are still "
#| "available from third parties."
msgid ""
"The fonts provided in this package were provided by Microsoft \"in the "
"interest of cross-platform compatibility\". This is no longer the case, but "
"they are still available from third parties."
msgstr ""
"Questi caratteri erano forniti da Microsoft \"nell'interesse della "
"compatibilità fra piattaforme diverse\". Anche se questo non è più vero, i "
"caratteri sono comunque disponibili da terze parti."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You are free to download these fonts and use them for your own use, but "
#| "you may not redistribute them in modified form, including changes to the "
#| "file name or packaging format."
msgid ""
"You are free to download these fonts and use them for your own purposes, but "
"you  have no permission to redistribute them in modified form, including "
"changes to the file name or packaging format."
msgstr ""
"Ognuno è libero di scaricare questi caratteri e di usarli per la propria "
"attività, ma non è possibile redistribuirli se modificati in qualsiasi modo, "
"comprese le modifiche al nome del file o al formato di distribuzione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory holding MS fonts (if already downloaded):"
msgid "Directory holding Microsoft fonts (if already downloaded):"
msgstr "Directory contenente i caratteri MS (se già scaricati):"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have already downloaded Microsoft's TrueType Core Fonts from the "
#| "ROOT FTP server (ftp://root.cern.ch/root/ttf/ttf_fonts.tar.gz), type the "
#| "name of the directory which contains the archive."
msgid ""
"If you have already downloaded Microsoft's TrueType Core Fonts from the ROOT "
"FTP server (ftp://root.cern.ch/root/ttf/ttf_fonts.tar.gz), please enter the "
"name of the directory which contains the archive."
msgstr ""
"Se i Microsoft TrueType Core Fonts sono già stati scaricati dal server FTP "
"ROOT (ftp://root.cern.ch/root/ttf/ttf_fonts.tar.gz), inserire il nome della "
"directory che contiene l'archivio."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you haven't yet downloaded these fonts, leave this blank and the fonts "
#| "will be downloaded for you. Approximately 1.6 MB will need to be "
#| "downloaded."
msgid ""
"If you haven't yet downloaded these fonts, leave this blank and the fonts "
"will be downloaded automatically. The download size is approximately 1.6 MB."
msgstr ""
"Se i caratteri non sono stati ancora scaricati lasciare vuoto questo campo, "
"saranno scaricati automaticamente. Saranno scaricati circa 1,6 MB di dati."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you are not connected to the internet or do not wish to download these "
#| "fonts now, enter \"none\" to abort."
msgid ""
"If you are not connected to the Internet or do not wish to download these "
"fonts now, enter \"none\" to abort."
msgstr ""
"Se non si è connessi a internet oppure se adesso non si vogliono scaricare i "
"caratteri inserire \"none\" per interrompere l'installazione."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:4001
msgid "Font files not found"
msgstr "I file con i caratteri non sono stati trovati"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ttf-root-installer.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The directory you entered either did not exist, or did not contain the "
#| "Microsoft TrueTy

zabbix 1:1.6.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zabbix

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
zabbix. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, March 12, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for zabbix
# Copyright (C) 2007 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the zabbix package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zabbix 1.1.6 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: zab...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-26 07:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-07 20:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001
msgid "Zabbix server host address:"
msgstr "Macchina o indirizzo per Zabbix:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please enter the host name or the address of the Zabbix server you  want "
#| "to connect to."
msgid ""
"Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want to "
"connect to."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il nome della macchina o l'indirizzo del server Zabbix a cui "
"connettersi."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Webserver Reconfiguration:"
msgid "Web server to reconfigure for zabbix:"
msgstr "Riconfigurazione del web server:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Zabbix supports any web server supported by PHP4, however only Apache can be "
"configured automatically."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please choose which database you want to use to store Zabbix data."
msgid ""
"Please select which Apache version you want to configure the Zabbix frontend "
"for."
msgstr "Sceglire in quale database si vogliono memorizzare i dati di Zabbix."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to restart your webserver(s) now?"
msgid "Restart the web server(s) now?"
msgstr "Si vuole riavviare il web server adesso?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Remember that in order to apply the changes your webserver(s) has/have to "
#| "be restarted."
msgid ""
"In order to apply the changes needed for Zabbix configuration, the web "
"server needs to be restarted."
msgstr ""
"Per rendere effettive le modifiche fatte al web server è necessario "
"riavviarlo."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you prefer doing it automatically now or manually "
"later."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2"
#~ msgstr "apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Zabbix supports any web server that php4 does, but this automatic "
#~ "configuration process only supports Apache. Please select which  apache "
#~ "version you want to configure the Zabbix frontend for."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Zabbix supporta qualsiasi web server con php4, ma questo processo di "
#~ "configurazione automatica funziona solo con Apache. Scegliere la versione "
#~ "di apache che si desidera configurare per l'interfaccia utente di Zabbix."

#~ msgid "Type of Database Server:"
#~ msgstr "Tipo di database server:"

#~ msgid "Database Server Host Address:"
#~ msgstr "Nome o indirizzo del database server:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please enter the host name or the address of the database server you want "
#~ "to connect to."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Inserire il nome macchina o l'indirizzo del database server a cui "
#~ "connettersi."

#~ msgid "Database name:"
#~ msgstr "Nome del database:"

#~ msgid "This is the database where your zabbix-server stores all data."
#~ msgstr "Questo è il database in cui zabbix-server memorizza tutti i dati."

#~ msgid "Database username:"
#~ msgstr "Nome utente per il database:"

#~ msgid "This is the username used for accessing the zabbix-server database."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo è il nome utente usato per l'accesso al database di zabbix-server."

#~ msgid "Database password:"
#~ msgstr "Password per il database:"

#~ msgid "Please specify what password the previously entered database uses."
#~ msgstr "Specificare la password per l'accesso al database di zabbix-server."

sa-exim 4.2.1-12: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sa-exim

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
sa-exim. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, March 16, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for sa-exim
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sa-exim package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sa-exim 4.2.1 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa-e...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-02 07:25+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-18 16:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remove saved mails in spool directory?"
msgid "Remove saved mails in sa-exim's spool directory?"
msgstr "Eliminare le mail salvate nella directory di spool?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There are some saved mails in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim. "
#| "Depending on the configuration sa-exim will save mails matching specific "
#| "criterias (an error occured, rejected as spam, passed through although "
#| "recognized as spam, ...) in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim."
msgid ""
"There are some saved mails in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim. "
"Depending on the configuration, sa-exim may save mails matching specific "
"criteria (such as \"an error occurred\", \"rejected as spam\", or \"passed "
"through although recognized as spam\") in these directories."
msgstr ""
"Nelle sottodirectory di /var/spool/sa.exim sono state salvate delle mail. A "
"seconda della configurazione di sa-exim le mail vengono salvate se "
"verificano determinati criteri (si è verificato un errore, rifiutata per "
"spam, passata nonostante identificata come spam, ecc.) nelle sottodirectory "
"di /var/spool/sa-exim."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you want to keep these mails for further analysis or "
"delete them now."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can keep them for further analysis and later remove them manually or "
#~ "decide to delete them now."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si possono tenere per una successiva analisi e poi eliminarle manualmente "
#~ "oppure cancellarle adesso."

nut 2.4.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nut

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
nut. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, April 09, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for nut
# Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nut 2.2.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-26 07:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-16 11:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid "Configuration changes required"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Because of numerous changes by upstream authors to NUT's behavior and "
"configuration file handling, /etc/nut/nut.conf must be modified before NUT "
"can be restarted."
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "Please manually modify your configuration files"
#~ msgstr "Modificare manualmente i file di configurazione"

#~ msgid "This is a serious advisory. Please take note."
#~ msgstr "Questo è un avviso molto importante. Prenderne nota."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There have been significant changes by the upstream authors to the "
#~ "behaviour of this software. Specifically, the configuration files in /etc/"
#~ "nut are different, some drivers have been renamed, ..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ci sono delle importanti differenze nel comportamento di questo programma "
#~ "rispetto alla versione in upstream. In particolare i file di "
#~ "configurazione in /etc/nut sono diversi, alcuni driver sono stati "
#~ "rinominati, ecc."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT "
#~| "restart unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /"
#~| "etc/default/nut.  You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/"
#~| "UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT "
#~ "restart unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /etc/"
#~ "nut/nut.conf.  You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/"
#~ "UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Continuando con l'installazione di questo pacchetto, NON sarà possibile "
#~ "riavviare NUT fino a quando i file di configurazione non vengono cambiati "
#~ "manualmente e /etc/default/nut non viene modificato. Siete stati "
#~ "avvisati! Consultare /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz per la procedura di "
#~ "aggiornamento."

aolserver4 4.5.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
aolserver4. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, April 12, 2009.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: aolversion 3.5.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-29 10:09+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-02 16:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Francesco P. Lovergine \n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server hostname:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for "
#| "informative purposes to identify itself."
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for  "
"identifying itself."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede un hostname da usare negli URL di reindirizzamento e a "
"scopi informativi per indentificarsi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or "
"localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be "
"used."
msgstr ""
"Si tratta in genere del nome DNS completo del tuo computer o localhost, se "
"non sei in rete. Usa un qualsiasi nome che possa legalmente essere "
"considerato in una stringa URL nella tua configurazione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server IP address:"
msgstr "Inserisci un indirizzo IP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid "AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be "
"remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the "
"appropriate network interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server TCP port:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always "
"port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web "
"server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede che venga assegnata un numero di porta per il suo uso. "
"Questa è quasi sempre la porta 80 (la porta HTTP standard), ma può essere "
"diversa se hai installato un secondo server web, o hai qualche altro "
"servizio in ascolta su tale porta."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the "
#~ "primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will "
#~ "be used just locally)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il server richiede almeno un indirizzo IP. Si tratta generalmente della "
#~ "interfaccia primaria ethernet (o dell'indirizzo di loopback, se vuoi "
#~ "usare il server solo localmente)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for "
#~ "general (network or Internet) use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'indirizzo di default è quello di loopback, che non è raccomandato per "
#~ "usi generali (in rete o internet)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "It is recommended using the default."
#~ msgstr "Si raccomanda l'uso del default."

aolserver4 4.5.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4

[Christian Perrier]

(2nd call: a minor error was discovered just after I sent the first call for
translations)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
aolserver4. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, April 12, 2009.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: aolversion 3.5.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-29 10:15+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-02 16:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Francesco P. Lovergine \n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server hostname:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for "
#| "informative purposes to identify itself."
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for identifying "
"itself."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede un hostname da usare negli URL di reindirizzamento e a "
"scopi informativi per indentificarsi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or "
"localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be "
"used."
msgstr ""
"Si tratta in genere del nome DNS completo del tuo computer o localhost, se "
"non sei in rete. Usa un qualsiasi nome che possa legalmente essere "
"considerato in una stringa URL nella tua configurazione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server IP address:"
msgstr "Inserisci un indirizzo IP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid "AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be "
"remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the "
"appropriate network interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server TCP port:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always "
"port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web "
"server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede che venga assegnata un numero di porta per il suo uso. "
"Questa è quasi sempre la porta 80 (la porta HTTP standard), ma può essere "
"diversa se hai installato un secondo server web, o hai qualche altro "
"servizio in ascolta su tale porta."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the "
#~ "primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will "
#~ "be used just locally)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il server richiede almeno un indirizzo IP. Si tratta generalmente della "
#~ "interfaccia primaria ethernet (o dell'indirizzo di loopback, se vuoi "
#~ "usare il server solo localmente)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for "
#~ "general (network or Internet) use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'indirizzo di default è quello di loopback, che non è raccomandato per "
#~ "usi generali (in rete o internet)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "It is recommended using the default."
#~ msgstr "Si raccomanda l'uso del default."

nethack 3.4.3-10.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nethack

[Christian Perrier]

(2nd call as the first one vanished somewhere)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
nethack. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, April 15, 2009.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF NETHACK'S.PO-DEBCONF FILE
# Copyright (C) 2008 THE NETHACK'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the NetHack package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: it\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: neth...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-17 07:46+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-23 08:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid "Use setgid bit with NetHack's recover utility?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The \"recover\" program in the package nethack-common is traditionally "
"installed with the \"setgid\" bit set, so that all users can use it to "
"recover their own save files after a crash (with \"games\" group "
"privileges). This is a potential source of security problems."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"This package includes a script that runs during system boot, invoking "
"recover on any broken save files it finds. This makes it less likely that "
"users will need to run it themselves, so the default is to install recover "
"without the special permission bits required for that."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, unprivileged users will be able to run \"recover"
"\"."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "abort, backup, purge, ignore"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "abort (annullare), backup (salvare), purge (eliminare), ignore (ignorare)"

#~ msgid "Should NetHack back up your old, incompatible save files?"
#~ msgstr "NetHack deve mantenere i vecchi file non compatibili salvati?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You are upgrading from a version of NetHack whose save files are not "
#~ "compatible with the version you are upgrading to. You may either have "
#~ "them backed up into /tmp, purge them, ignore this problem completely, or "
#~ "abort this installation and manually handle NetHack's save files. Your "
#~ "score files will be lost if you choose to purge."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si sta aggiornando da una versione di NetHack i cui file salvati non sono "
#~ "compatibili con la versione a cui si sta eseguendo l'aggiornamento. È "
#~ "possibile salvarli nella directory «/tmp», eliminarli, ignorare "
#~ "completamente questo problema o annullare questa installazione e "
#~ "manipolare manualmente i file salvati. Se si sceglie di eliminare i file, "
#~ "i punteggi andranno persi."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you choose to back up, the files will be backed up into a gzip-"
#~ "compressed tar archive in /tmp with a random name starting with 'nethk' "
#~ "and ending in '.tar.gz'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si sceglie di salvarli, i file saranno salvati in un archivio "
#~ "compresso gzip in «/tmp» con un nome a caso che inizia per «nethk» e "
#~ "finisce in «.tar.gz»."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Old NetHack save files can be found in /var/games/nethack (or /var/lib/"
#~ "games/nethack, for versions before 3.4.0)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I vecchi file salvati di NetHack possono essere trovati in «/var/games/"
#~ "nethack»; per le versioni antecedenti la 3.4.0, si trovano in «/var/lib/"
#~ "games/nethack»."

#~ msgid "Would you like NetHack's recover utility to be setgid games?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si desidera che l'utilità di ripristino di NetHack sia installata in "
#~ "modalità «setgid games»?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The 'recover' program is installed as part of the nethack-common package "
#~ "and exists to help the administrator recover broken save files, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il programma «recover» è installato come parte del pacchetto nethack-"
#~ "common; il suo scopo è di aiutare l'amministratore a recuperare file "
#~ "salvati corrotti, ecc."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Recover is traditionally installed setgid games, although it does not "
#~ "need to be in the Debian NetHack installation, as it is automatically run "
#~ "at boot time as root. Its only usefulness as a setgid binary is to let "
#~ "players as normal users on the system recover their save files, should "
#~ "NetHack crash or their connection drop mid-game."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalmente recover è installato in modalità «setgid games» (quantunque "
#~ "questo non sia necessario nell'installazione Debian, in quanto viene "
#~ "eseguito auto

aolserver4 4.5.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
aolserver4. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, April 19, 2009.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: aolversion 3.5.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-29 10:15+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-02 16:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Francesco P. Lovergine \n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server hostname:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for "
#| "informative purposes to identify itself."
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for identifying "
"itself."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede un hostname da usare negli URL di reindirizzamento e a "
"scopi informativi per indentificarsi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or "
"localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be "
"used."
msgstr ""
"Si tratta in genere del nome DNS completo del tuo computer o localhost, se "
"non sei in rete. Usa un qualsiasi nome che possa legalmente essere "
"considerato in una stringa URL nella tua configurazione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server IP address:"
msgstr "Inserisci un indirizzo IP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid "AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be "
"remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the "
"appropriate network interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server TCP port:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always "
"port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web "
"server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede che venga assegnata un numero di porta per il suo uso. "
"Questa è quasi sempre la porta 80 (la porta HTTP standard), ma può essere "
"diversa se hai installato un secondo server web, o hai qualche altro "
"servizio in ascolta su tale porta."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the "
#~ "primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will "
#~ "be used just locally)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il server richiede almeno un indirizzo IP. Si tratta generalmente della "
#~ "interfaccia primaria ethernet (o dell'indirizzo di loopback, se vuoi "
#~ "usare il server solo localmente)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for "
#~ "general (network or Internet) use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'indirizzo di default è quello di loopback, che non è raccomandato per "
#~ "usi generali (in rete o internet)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "It is recommended using the default."
#~ msgstr "Si raccomanda l'uso del default."

request-tracker3.8 3.8.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package request-tracker3.8

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
request-tracker3.8. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, April 21, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian translations of po-debconf templates for request-tracker3.8.
# Copyright (c) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the request-tracker3.8 package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008, 2009
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: request-tracker3.8 3.8.2-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: request-tracker...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-07 08:49+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-16 21:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name for this RT instance:"
msgid "Name for this Request Tracker (RT) instance:"
msgstr "Nome di questa istanza di RT:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Every installation of Request Tracker must have a unique name. The domain "
#| "name or an abbreviation of the name of your organization are usually good "
#| "candidates."
msgid ""
"Every installation of Request Tracker must have a unique name. The domain "
"name or an abbreviation of the organization name are usually good candidates."
msgstr ""
"Ogni installazione di Request Tracker deve avere un nome univoco. Il nome di "
"dominio oppure una forma abbreviata del nome della propria organizzazione "
"sono solitamente dei buoni canditati."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please note that once you start using a name, you should probably never "
"change it. Otherwise, mail for existing tickets won't get put in the right "
"place."
msgstr ""
"Notare che una volta iniziato a utilizzare un nome, non andrebbe mai "
"cambiato. Altrimenti la posta per i ticket esistenti non verrà depositata "
"nel posto giusto."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "This setting corresponds to the $rtname configuration variable."
msgstr ""
"Questa impostazione corrisponde alla variabile di configurazione $rtname."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Identifier for this RT instance:"
msgstr "Identificatore di questa istanza di RT:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"In addition to its name, every installation of Request Tracker must also "
"have a unique identifier. It is used when linking between RT installations."
msgstr ""
"Oltre al nome, ogni installazione di Request Tracker deve avere un "
"identificatore univoco. Questo viene usato quando si collegano fra loro "
"delle installazioni di RT."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Using this machine's fully qualified hostname (including the DNS domain "
"name) is recommended."
msgstr ""
"Si raccomanda di utilizzare il nome completamente qualificato della macchina "
"(che comprende anche il dominio DNS)."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "This setting corresponds to the $Organization configuration variable."
msgstr ""
"Questa impostazione corrisponde alla variabile di configurazione "
"$Organization."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Default email address for RT correspondence:"
msgstr "Indirizzo email predefinito per la posta da RT:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This address will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers of emails "
#| "tracked by RT, unless overridden by a queue-specific address."
msgid ""
"Please choose the address that will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers "
"of emails tracked by RT, unless overridden by a queue-specific address."
msgstr ""
"Questo indirizzo apparirà nei campi From: e Reply-To: dell'intestazione "
"delle email tracciate da RT, eccetto quando sovrascritto da un indirizzo "
"specifico di una coda."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"This setting corresponds to the $CorrespondAddress configuration variable."
msgstr ""
"Questa impostazione corrisponde alla variabile di configurazione "
"$CorrespondAddress."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Default email address for RT comments:"
msgstr "Indirizzo email predefinito per i commenti RT:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This address will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers of comment "
#| "emails, unless overridden by a queue-specific address. (Comments can be "
#| "used for adding ticket information that is not visible to the client.)"
msgid ""
"Please choose the

clamav 0.95.1+dfsg-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package clamav

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
clamav. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, May 03, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of the clamav debconf template
# This file is distributed under the same license as the clamav package
# Cristian Rigamonti , 2004-2005-2006-2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: clamav 0.91.2-3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: cla...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-16 22:41+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-05 09:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Cristian Rigamonti \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2001
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "demone"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2001
msgid "manual"
msgstr "manuale"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002
msgid "Virus database update method:"
msgstr "Metodo di aggiornamento del database dei virus:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002
msgid "Please choose the method for virus database updates."
msgstr "Selezionare il metodo da usare per aggiornare il database dei virus."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002
msgid ""
" daemon:  freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should choose\n"
"  this option if you have a permanent network connection;\n"
" ifup.d:  freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n"
"  connection is up. Choose this one if you use a dialup Internet\n"
"  connection and don't want freshclam to initiate new connections;\n"
" cron:freshclam is started from cron. Choose this if you want full "
"control\n"
"  of when the database is updated;\n"
" manual:  no automatic invocation of freshclam. This is not recommended,\n"
"  as ClamAV's database is constantly updated."
msgstr ""
" demone  : freshclam resta in esecuzione permanente come demone.\n"
"   Scegliere questo metodo se si dispone di una connessione di\n"
"   rete permanente;\n"
" ifup.d  : freshclam viene eseguito come demone fintanto che la \n"
"   connessione internet è attiva. Scegliere questo metodo se si\n"
"   dispone di una connessione dialup e non si vuole che freshclam\n"
"   avvii nuove connessioni;\n"
" cron: freshclam viene avviato da cron. Scegliere questo metodo se si\n"
"   vuole controllare in modo preciso il momento in cui il database\n"
"   viene aggiornato;\n"
" manuale : freshclam non viene eseguito automaticamente. Questo metodo\n"
"   non è raccomandato, visto che il database centrale di clamav\n"
"   viene costantemente aggiornato."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001
msgid "Local database mirror site:"
msgstr "Sito mirror per il database:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001
msgid "Please select the closest local mirror site."
msgstr "Selezionare il sito mirror più vicino."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Freshclam updates its database from a world wide network of mirror sites. "
"Please select the closest mirror. If you leave the default setting, an "
"attempt will be made to guess a nearby mirror."
msgstr ""
"Freshclam aggiorna il suo database utilizzando una rete globale di siti "
"mirror. Si prega di scegliere il mirror più vicino. Lasciando l'impostazione "
"predefinita, il programma cercherà di scegliere un mirror vicino."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001
msgid "HTTP proxy information (leave blank for none):"
msgstr "Informazioni sul proxy HTTP (lasciare in bianco se non serve):"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001
msgid ""
"If you need to use an HTTP proxy to access the outside world, enter the "
"proxy information here. Otherwise, leave this blank."
msgstr ""
"Se occorre usare un proxy HTTP per accedere all'esterno, inserire qui le "
"informazioni relative, altrimenti lasciare in bianco."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001
msgid "Please use URL syntax (\"http://host[:port]\";) here."
msgstr "Si prega di usare la sintassi per gli URL (\"http://host[:porta]\";)."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:5001
msgid "Proxy user information (leave blank for none):"
msgstr "Informazioni sull'utente del proxy (lasciare in bianco se non serve):"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:5001
msgid ""
"If you need to supply a username and passw

glide 2002.04.10-19: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glide

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
glide. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, May 05, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for glide
# Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the glide package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: glide\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gl...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 07:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-10 18:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid "Manually select driver for 3Dfx card?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, "
#| "Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3."
msgid ""
"No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide2 was found. This package supports "
"cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and "
"Voodoo 3."
msgstr ""
"Questo pacchetto è per le schede basate sui seguenti chipset 3Dfx: Voodoo 2, "
"Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you do not have a card based on one of the listed chipsets, and you "
#| "are not compiling programs against glide, you should not have this "
#| "package installed."
msgid ""
"If the graphics card in this computer does not use one of these chipsets, "
"and you are not compiling programs against glide, this package will not be "
"useful."
msgstr ""
"Se non si possiede una scheda basata su uno dei chipset elencati e non si "
"compilano programmi con glide, non si dovrebbe installare questo pacchetto."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you do have a card based on one of the listed chipsets please file a "
#| "bug on this package, including the output from the command 'lspci -vm' in "
#| "the bug report."
msgid ""
"If the graphics card is based on one of these chipsets, you should file a "
"bug report against this package, including the output from the \"lspci -vm\" "
"command."
msgstr ""
"Se si possiede una scheda basata su uno dei chipset elencati, segnalare un "
"bug per questo pacchetto inserendo nella segnalazione l'output del comando "
"\"lspci -vm\"."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you want to manually select the driver to use for now."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:3001 ../libglide3.templates:3001
msgid "Driver for 3D acceleration:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration."
msgid ""
"Please select the driver you would like to use for 3D acceleration:\n"
" * cvg: Voodoo 2;\n"
" * h3 : Voodoo Banshee and Voodoo 3."
msgstr "Scegliere la scheda che si vuole usare per l'accellerazione 3D."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration."
msgid "Card to use for 3D acceleration:"
msgstr "Scegliere la scheda che si vuole usare per l'accellerazione 3D."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, "
#| "Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3."
msgid ""
"Multiple 3Dfx-based cards were detected based on one of the following 3Dfx "
"chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3."
msgstr ""
"Questo pacchetto è per le schede basate sui seguenti chipset 3Dfx: Voodoo 2, "
"Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001
msgid "Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration."
msgstr "Scegliere la scheda che si vuole usare per l'accellerazione 3D."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide3.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo "
#| "Banshee, Voodoo 3, Voodoo 4, and Voodoo 5."
msgid ""
"No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide3 was found. This package supports "
"cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo Banshee, Voodoo 3, Voodoo "
"4, and Voodoo 5."
msgstr ""
"Questo pacchetto è pe

libpam-ldap 184-4.3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package libpam-ldap

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
libpam-ldap. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, June 22, 2009.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for libpam-ldap
# Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the libpam-ldap package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: libpam-ldap 184\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: libpam-l...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-08 06:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-24 14:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "LDAP administrative account:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Please enter the name of the LDAP administrative account."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"This account will be used automatically for database management, so it must "
"have the appropriate administrative privileges."
msgstr ""

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP root account password:"
msgid "LDAP administrative password:"
msgstr "Password dell'account root per LDAP:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP "
#| "database."
msgid "Please enter the password of the administrative account."
msgstr "Inserire la password da usare per l'accesso al database LDAP."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#. Translators: do not translate "${filename}"
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The password will be stored in a separate file ${filename} which will be "
#| "made readable to root only."
msgid ""
"The password will be stored in the file ${filename}. This will be made "
"readable to root only, and will allow ${package} to carry out automatic "
"database management logins."
msgstr ""
"La password verrà memorizzata in un apposito file ${filename} che risulterà "
"leggibile solo da root."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"If this field is left empty, the previously stored password will be re-used."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Does the LDAP database require login?"
msgstr "Il database LDAP richiede il login?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether the LDAP server enforces a login before retrieving "
"entries."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Such a setup is not usually needed."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Distinguished name of the search base:"
msgstr "\"Distinguished name\" della base della ricerca:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base.  Many sites "
#| "use the components of their domain names for this purpose.  For example, "
#| "the domain \"example.net\" would use \"dc=example,dc=net\" as the "
#| "distinguished name of the search base."
msgid ""
"Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use "
"the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the "
"domain \"example.net\" would use \"dc=example,dc=net\" as the distinguished "
"name of the search base."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il \"distinguished name\" della base di ricerca LDAP, spesso per "
"questo scopo si usano i nomi di dominio. Per esempio, il dominio \"esempio."
"net\" può usare \"dc=esempio,dc=net\" come \"distinguished name\" della base "
"della ricerca."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "clear"
msgstr "in chiaro"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "crypt"
msgstr "cifrato"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "nds"
msgstr "nds"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "ad"
msgstr "ad"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "exop"
msgstr "exop"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "md5"
msgstr "md5"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local crypt to use when changing passwords."
msgid "Local encryption algorithm to use for passwords:"
msgstr "Cifratura locale da usare al cambio della password."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
msgid ""
"The PAM module can encrypt the password locally when changing it, which is "
"recommended:\n"
" * clear: no encryption. This should be chosen when LDAP servers\n"
"   automatica

debconf 1.5.28: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debconf

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
...debconf (yes, even that package has debconf strings!).

A new string was added so that dialogs that prompt users for media changes
when debconf-apt-progress is used (for instance in D-I) have a properly
translated title.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

To avoid a huge number of bug reports, I suggest you send your updates
directly to me as it wouldn't you too long to make the update, including a
review.

There is no strict deadline as there will probably be several releases of
debconf until Squeeze is released.

Thanks in advance,

# Cristian Rigamonti 
# Danilo Piazzalunga 
# Davide Meloni 
# Davide Viti 
# Filippo Giunchedi 
# Giuseppe Sacco 
# Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi 
# Renato Gini
# Ruggero Tonelli
# Samuele Giovanni Tonon 
# Stefano Canepa 
# Stefano Melchior 
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debc...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-24 19:24+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-15 13:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Davide Viti \n"
"Language-Team:   Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Dialog"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Readline"
msgstr "Readline"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Editor"
msgstr "Editor"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Noninteractive"
msgstr "Non-interattiva"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid "Interface to use:"
msgstr "Interfaccia da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid ""
"Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. "
"You can select the type of user interface they use."
msgstr ""
"I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto "
"comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid ""
"The dialog frontend is a full-screen, character based interface, while the "
"readline frontend uses a more traditional plain text interface, and both the "
"gnome and kde frontends are modern X interfaces, fitting the respective "
"desktops (but may be used in any X environment). The editor frontend lets "
"you configure things using your favorite text editor. The noninteractive "
"frontend never asks you any questions."
msgstr ""
"Il fronted dialog è un'interfaccia a schermo pieno a caratteri mentre il "
"frontendreadline usa un'interfaccia più tradizionale in puro testo e "
"entrambi i frontend gnome e kde sono interfacce moderne basate su X, che si "
"adattano ai rispettivi desktop (ma possono essere usati in ogni ambiente X). "
"Il frontend editor permette di configurare le cose usando il proprio editor "
"preferito. Il frontend noninteractive non pone nessuna domanda."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "critical"
msgstr "critica"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "high"
msgstr "alta"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "medium"
msgstr "media"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "low"
msgstr "bassa"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid "Ignore questions with a priority less than:"
msgstr "Ignorare domande con priorità inferiore a:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Debconf prioritizes the questions it asks you. Pick the lowest priority of "
"question you want to see:\n"
"  - 'critical' only prompts you if the system might break.\n"
"Pick it if you are a newbie, or in a hurry.\n"
"  - 'high' is for rather important questions\n"
"  - 'medium' is for normal questions\n"
"  - 'low' is for control freaks who want to see everything"
msgstr ""
"Debconf assegna priorità alle domande da chiedere. Scegliere la più bassa "
"priorità delle domande che si vogliono vedere:\n"
"  - 'critical' chiede solo se il sistema potrebbe rovinarsi.\n"
" Scegliere questo se si è nuovi o di fretta.\n"
"  - 'high' è solo per le domande abbastanza importanti\n"
"  - 'medium' è per le domande normali\n"
"  - 'low' è per i fanatici del controllo che vogliono vedere tutto"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Note that no matter what level you pick here, you will be able to see every "
"question if you reconfigure a package with dpkg-reconfigure."
msgstr ""
"Si noti che qualunque livelli si selezioni qui, si sarà in grado di vedere "
"tutte le domande se si riconfigura il pacchetto con dpkg-reconfigure."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Installing packages"
msgstr "Installazione dei pacchetti in corso"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr "Attendere prego"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. This string is the 't

aolserver4 4.5.1-5.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on aolserver4 pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, September 04, 2009.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: aolversion 3.5.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-29 10:15+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-02 16:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Davide Gliozzi \n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server hostname:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for "
#| "informative purposes to identify itself."
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for identifying "
"itself."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede un hostname da usare negli URL di reindirizzamento e a "
"scopi informativi per indentificarsi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or "
"localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be "
"used."
msgstr ""
"Si tratta in genere del nome DNS completo del tuo computer o localhost, se "
"non sei in rete. Usa un qualsiasi nome che possa legalmente essere "
"considerato in una stringa URL nella tua configurazione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server IP address:"
msgstr "Inserisci un indirizzo IP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid "AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to."
msgstr "Il server AOL necessita di un indirizzo IP"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be "
"remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the "
"appropriate network interface."
msgstr ""
"L'indirizzo di default è l'interfaccia di loopback. Se il server deve "
"essereaccessibile da remoto, allora è meglio che sia rimpiazzato "
"dall'indirizzodell'interfaccia network appropriata."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server TCP port:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always "
"port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web "
"server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede che venga assegnata un numero di porta per il suo uso. "
"Questa è quasi sempre la porta 80 (la porta HTTP standard), ma può essere "
"diversa se hai installato un secondo server web, o hai qualche altro "
"servizio in ascolta su tale porta."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the "
#~ "primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will "
#~ "be used just locally)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il server richiede almeno un indirizzo IP. Si tratta generalmente della "
#~ "interfaccia primaria ethernet (o dell'indirizzo di loopback, se vuoi "
#~ "usare il server solo localmente)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for "
#~ "general (network or Internet) use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'indirizzo di default è quello di loopback, che non è raccomandato per "
#~ "usi generali (in rete o internet)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "It is recommended using the default."
#~ msgstr "Si raccomanda l'uso del default."

xmail 1.25-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xmail

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on xmail pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, October 02, 2009.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xmail 1.18\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: r...@debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 16:40+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-06 16:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Francesco Paolo Lovergine \n"
"Language-Team: Italian Translation Team \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Local Domain Name:"
msgstr "Nome del dominio locale di default ?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Xmail server has a sendmail replacement that is mostly used by system  "
"programs and daemons to send mail containing their output or results."
msgstr ""
"Il server Xmail ha un sostituto di sendmail che è usato principalmente da "
"programmi di sistemi e demoni per inviare mail che contengono i loro output "
"o risultati."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Historically, those programs use a user name (usually root) that is not "
"followed by a domain."
msgstr ""
"Storicamente, tali programmi usano un nome utente (in genere root) che non è "
"seguito da un dominio."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Xmail server is a 100% RFC compliant server that does not allow \"default\" "
"domains. Its users are completely virtual and separated from the system "
"users."
msgstr ""
"Xmail server è un server totalmente fedele allo standard RFC che non "
"consente domini impliciti. I suoi utentisono completamente virtuali e "
"separati dagli utenti di sistema."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
msgid ""
"You must have at least one valid domain and one valid user created to "
"receive mail from those programs."
msgstr ""
"Devi avere almeno un dominio valido e un utente valido creato per ricevere "
"le mail di quei programmi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "User that will receive the system mail:"
msgstr "Quale utente vuoi che riceva le mail di sistema?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The RFC and best practice instructions for setting a mail server require "
"having at least valid root, postmaster, and abuse addresses. Historically, "
"it was usually the root user that received that mail in addition to other "
"system-related mail, e.g., from cron daemons and log watchers."
msgstr ""
"RFC e la pratica nella configurazione di un server di posta richiedono che "
"si abbia almeno degli indirizzi validi per root, postmaster a abuse. "
"Storicamente, è almeno l'utente root che riceve questi mail insieme ai "
"maildi sistema, per esempio demoni cron e controllori d log file."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You may now choose user other than root to receive those messages if you "
"wish to do so."
msgstr ""
"Puoi ora scegliere un utente diverso da root per ricevere questi messaggi se "
"vuoi farlo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Password:"
msgstr "Password dell'utente?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter a password for that user. You will need this when you log in to "
"the POP3 or IMAP server."
msgstr ""
"Inserisci una password per l'utente. Sarà necessaria per accedere al server "
"POP3 o IMAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:4001
msgid "Forward to email address:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Optionally you can choose to forward the postmaster's mails to another "
"mailbox."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:4001
msgid ""
"This change will not take effect if you already have a redirect in place."
msgstr ""

xsp 2.4.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on xsp pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, October 13, 2009.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE
# Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package.
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008.
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: XSP\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-16 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-02 15:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001
msgid "Let mono-apache-server restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001
msgid ""
"The debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, \"mono-server-update\", che crea un file di configurazione "
"per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare "
"Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-"
"hosts.conf). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione mono-server-hosts.conf."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Let mono-apache-server restart Apache?"
msgid "Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update "
#| "script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
#| "applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new "
#| "configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
#| "true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
#| "conf file."
msgid ""
"The debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, \"mono-server-update\", che crea un file di configurazione "
"per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare "
"Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-"
"hosts.conf). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione mono-server-hosts.conf."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:1001
msgid "Start on boot?"
msgstr "Lanciare il programma all'avvio del sistema?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If this is true, then XSP will automatically start when the computer is "
"turned on."
msgstr ""
"Se questa opzione è confermata, XSP si avvierà automaticamente "
"all'accensione del computer."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:2001
msgid "Bind to address:"
msgstr "Legarsi all'indirizzo:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001
msgid ""
"To function properly, XSP needs to be bound to an IP address. The default "
"(\"0.0.0.0\") binds to all addresses of the server, but a specific port can "
"be selected. To use XSP only locally, use \"127.0.0.1\" for the address."
msgstr ""
"Per poter funzionare correttamente, XSP deve legarsi ad un indirizzo IP. Il "
"valore predefinito (\"0.0.0.0\") si lega a tutti gli indirizzi del server, "
"ma si può selezionare una porta specifica. Per usare XSP solo localmente, "
"usare l'indirizzo \"127.0.0.1\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:3001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:3001
msgid "Bind to port:"
msgstr "Legarsi alla porta:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:3001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:3001

bugzilla 3.2.4.0-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package bugzilla

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on bugzilla pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, October 18, 2009.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF BUGZILLA-3.2.0.0-RC2.2'S.PO-DEBCONF FILE
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2008 THE BUGZILLA'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the bugzilla package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bugzilla-3.2.0.0-RC2.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzi...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-21 12:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-03 07:47+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:2001
msgid "Password confirmation:"
msgstr "Conferma della password:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:3001
msgid "Email address of Bugzilla administrator:"
msgstr "Indirizzo di posta elettronica dell'amministratore di Bugzilla:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please enter the email address of Bugzilla administrator; all mail for "
#| "the administrator will be sent to this address. This email address is "
#| "also used as the administrator login for Bugzilla."
msgid ""
"Please enter the email address of the Bugzilla administrator; all mail for "
"the administrator will be sent to this address. This email address is also "
"used as the administrator login for Bugzilla."
msgstr ""
"Inserire l'indirizzo di posta elettronica dell'amministratore di Bugzilla; "
"tutti i messaggi destinati all'amministratore verranno inviati a questo "
"indirizzo. Questo indirizzo verrà utilizzato anche per l'autenticazione "
"dell'amministratore di Bugzilla."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:3001
msgid ""
"A valid address must contain exactly one '@', and at least one '.' after the "
"@. You'll be able to change this setting through Bugzilla's web interface."
msgstr ""
"Un indirizzo di posta elettronica valido deve contenere esattamente un Â...@» e "
"almeno un «.» dopo Â...@». Questa impostazione potrà essere successivamente "
"modificata attraverso l'interfaccia web di Bugzilla."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:4001
msgid "Real name of Bugzilla administrator:"
msgstr "Vero nome dell'amministratore di Bugzilla:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:5001
msgid "Password for the Bugzilla administrator account:"
msgstr "Password dell'amministratore di Bugzilla:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:6001
msgid "Have Status or Resolution values been customized?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you customized values in the Status/Resolution field, you must edit /"
#| "usr/share/bugzilla3/lib/checksetup_nondebian.pl before running it."
msgid ""
"If values in the Status or Resolution fields have been customized, the "
"checksetup procedure must be modified appropriately before installation can "
"continue."
msgstr ""
"Se i valori nel campo «Status/Resolution» sono stati personalizzati, è "
"necessario modificare «/usr/share/bugzilla3/lib/checksetup_nondebian.pl prima "
"di eseguire il programma."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:6001
msgid ""
"For each update of this package, a new version of the checksetup_nondebian."
"pl script is installed; the /usr/share/bugzilla3/debian/pre-checksetup.d "
"directory can be used to automatically apply your modifications before "
"execution."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Did you customize the Status/Resolutions values?"
msgid "Prompt about customized Status/Resolution at each update?"
msgstr "I valori «Status/Resolution» sono stati personalizzati?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:7001
msgid ""
"If you modified Status/Resolution fields and created a script within /usr/"
"share/bugzilla3/debian/pre-checksetup.d to apply changes to /usr/share/"
"bugzilla3/lib/checksetup-nondebian.pl, you may want to avoid being prompted "
"at each package upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:7001
msgid ""
"If you accept being prompted, you will have to call /usr/share/bugzilla3/lib/"
"checksetup.pl yourself, at each package upgrade, before using Bugzilla."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../bugzilla3.templates:7001
msgid ""
"If you did not modify Status/Resolution, you should skip prompting as "
"checksetup.pl will be started automatically (together with the {pre,post}-"

ddclient 3.8.0-5.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ddclient

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on ddclient pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, October 21, 2009.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF DDCLIENT'S.PO-DEBCONF FILE
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2007-2009 THE DDCLIENT'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ddclient package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008, 2009.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ddclient 3.7.3-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ddcli...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-21 15:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-30 08:25+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../ddclient.templates:2001
msgid "other"
msgstr "altro"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:2002
msgid "Dynamic DNS service provider:"
msgstr "Fornitore del servizio DNS dinamico:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please select the dynamic DNS service you are using. If the service you use "
"is not listed, choose \"other\" and you will be asked for the protocol and "
"the server name."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare il servizio dinamico DNS in uso. Se il servizio che si utilizza "
"non è incluso nell'elenco, scegliere «altro» e verranno richiesti il "
"protocollo e il nome del server."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:3001
msgid "Dynamic DNS server:"
msgstr "Server DNS dinamico:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the server which is providing you with dynamic DNS "
"service (example: members.dyndns.org)."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il nome del server che fornisce il servizio DNS dinamico (per "
"esempio «members.dyndns.org»)."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:4001
msgid "Dynamic DNS update protocol:"
msgstr "Protocollo di aggiornamento del DNS dinamico:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please select the dynamic DNS update protocol used by your dynamic DNS "
"service provider."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare il protocollo di aggiornamento del DNS dinamico utilizzato dal "
"proprio fornitore del servizio."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:5001
msgid "DynDNS fully qualified domain names:"
msgstr "Nomi completi di dominio non ambigui (FQDN) DynDNS:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please enter the list of fully qualified domain names for the local host(s) "
"(for instance, \"myname.dyndns.org\" with only one host or \"myname1.dyndns."
"org,myname2.dyndns.org\" for two hosts)."
msgstr ""
"Inserire l'elenco dei nomi completi di dominio non ambigui (FQDN) per l'host "
"locale (per esempio «mionome.dyndns.org», se si ha un solo host, oppure "
"«mionome1.dyndns.org,mionome2.dyndns.org» per 2 host)."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:6001
msgid "Username for dynamic DNS service:"
msgstr "Nome utente per il servizio DNS dinamico:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:6001
msgid "Please enter the username to use with the dynamic DNS service."
msgstr "Inserire il nome utente da usare per il servizio DNS dinamico."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:7001
msgid "Password for dynamic DNS service:"
msgstr "Password per il servizio DNS dinamico:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:7001
msgid "Please enter the password to use with the dynamic DNS service."
msgstr ""
"Inserire la password da usare per annunciarsi al servizio DNS dinamico."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:8001
msgid "Find public IP using checkip.dyndns.com?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:8001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether ddclient should try to find the IP address of this "
"machine via the DynDNS web interface.  This is recommended for machines that "
"are using Network Address Translation."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:9001
msgid "Network interface used for dynamic DNS service:"
msgstr "Interfaccia di rete utilizzata per il servizio DNS dinamico:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:9001
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the network interface (eth0/wlan0/ppp0/...) to use "
"for dynamic DNS service."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il nome dell'interfaccia di rete (eth0/wlan0/ppp0/...) da usare per "
"il sistema DNS dinamico."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ddclient.templates:10001
msgid "Run ddclient on PPP connect?"
msgstr "Eseguire ddclient al momento della connessione PPP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: .

vpb-driver 4.2.42-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package vpb-driver

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
vpb-driver. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, November 15, 2009.

Thanks,

msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vpb-driver 4.2.42 debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: vpb-dri...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-01 14:27+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-25 14:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Default
#. Translators, you can find a list of the ITU-T codes here:
#. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
#. This is the prefix someone would dial to make an international call to a
#. phone in the region you are translating for, without any "long distance call"
#. prefix numbers that are specific to the telephone exchange being called from.
#. Feel free to alter the examples given to other regions if appropriate, but do
#. try to pick regions with numeric codes that are not easily confused with some
#. other numeric series than the ITU-T codes.
#: ../libvpb0.templates:2001
msgid "61"
msgstr "39"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libvpb0.templates:2002
msgid "ITU-T telephone code:"
msgstr "Codice telefonico ITU-T:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libvpb0.templates:2002
msgid ""
"This is the numeric code for the region your phone system will be operating "
"in (eg. 61 for Australia or 33 for France).  It is used to configure the "
"default regional standards that Voicetronix telephony hardware should comply "
"with."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To configure the Voicetronix telephony hardware driver, please enter the "
#~ "prefix a caller would dial to make an international call to your region "
#~ "(without any \"long distance call\" prefix numbers specific to the "
#~ "exchange being called from). For instance, the code is 1 for North "
#~ "America, 61 for Australia, or 33 for France."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per configurare il driver per l'hardware telefonico Voicetronix si deve "
#~ "inserire il prefisso che un chiamante deve comporre per fare una chiamata "
#~ "internazionale verso la propria nazione (senza il prefisso per \"chiamate "
#~ "a lunga distanza\" specifico del posto da cui chiama). Per esempio il "
#~ "codice 1 è per il Nord America, 39 per l'Italia o 33 per la Francia."

Re: apt 0.7.25: Please update the manpage translation for the package apt

[Christian Perrier]

Quoting Sandro Tosi (mo...@debian.org):
> On Sat, Dec 12, 2009 at 11:39, David Kalnischkies
>  wrote:
> > And as a more technical reason we want to bump policy compatibly
> > now to 3.8.3 where translations should be in sync with the original
> > files and we can't say this would be true for such an old translation.
> 
> Policy says a different thing:
> 
> from /usr/share/doc/debian-policy/upgrading-checklist.txt.gz
>   * Localized man pages should either be kept up-to-date with the
> original version or warn that they're not up-to-date, either with
> warning text or by showing missing or changed portions in the
> original language.[12.1]
> 
> So you can still ship the not up-to-date manpages but you have to warn
> users of their state.

Which is always the case when using po4a. Actually, by default, po4a
replaces missing parts by English and does not create translated
documents when the translation ratio is below a given threshold.

So, indeed, one should read the above as "software should use po4a to
manage their manpages"..:-)




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

mailgraph 1.14-1.3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mailgraph

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on mailgraph pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 03, 2010.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for mailgraph
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE mailgraph'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the mailgraph package.
# Luca Monducci , 2006-2010.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mailgraph 1.14 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: no...@debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-14 23:38+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-01-08 16:01+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Should Mailgraph start on boot?"
msgstr "Far partire Mailgraph all'avvio?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Mailgraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will monitor your "
"Postfix logfile for changes. This is recommended."
msgstr ""
"Mailgraph può essere fatto partire all'avvio come demone. Poi monitora le "
"modifiche al file di log di Postfix. Questo è il metodo raccomandato."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "The other method is to call mailgraph by hand with the -c parameter."
msgstr "L'altro metodo è richiamare manualmente mailgraph con il parametro -c."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Logfile used by mailgraph:"
msgstr "File di log per mailgraph:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Enter the logfile which should be used to create the databases for "
"mailgraph. If unsure, leave default (/var/log/mail.log)."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il file di log che mailgraph deve usare per creare i database. Se "
"non si è sicuri lasciare il valore predefinito (/var/log/mail.log)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Count incoming mail as outgoing mail?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When using a content filter like amavis, incoming mail is counted more "
#| "than once, which will result in wrong values. If you use some content "
#| "filter, you should choose this option."
msgid ""
"If you count incoming mail as outgoing mail (default), mail is counted more "
"than once if you use content filters like amavis, so you'll get wrong "
"values. If you're using some content filter, disable this."
msgstr ""
"Quando si usano dei filtri di contenuto come amavis, le mail in entrata sono "
"contate più di una volta e questo comporta la lettura di valori sbagliati. "
"Se si usano dei filtri di contenuto, attivare questa opzione."

#~ msgid "Ignore mail to/from localhost?"
#~ msgstr "Ignorare la posta da/verso localhost?"

distcc 3.1-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on distcc pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 17, 2010.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of distcc.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE DISTCC'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package.
# Luca Monducci , 2009.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: distcc 3.1 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-26 17:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid "Start the distcc daemon on startup?"
msgstr "Avviare il demone distcc all'avvio del sistema?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid ""
"distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming "
"connections."
msgstr ""
"distcc può essere eseguito come demone in attesa di connessioni in entrata "
"sulla porta 3632."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid ""
"You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the "
"computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on "
"startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure "
"distcc'."
msgstr ""
"È possibile far partire automaticamente il demone distcc all'avvio del "
"sistema. In caso di dubbi, si suggerisce di non far partire il demone "
"all'avvio. Per cambiare questa scelta in seguito, eseguire: \"dpkg-"
"reconfigure distcc\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid "Allowed client networks:"
msgstr "Reti client ammesse:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the "
"client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here "
"are allowed to connect."
msgstr ""
"Il demone distcc ha un sistema di controllo degli accessi basato "
"sull'indirizzo IP del client che prova a connettersi. Solo gli host o le "
"reti elencati possono connettersi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are "
"represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. "
"\"192.168.1.0/24\"."
msgstr ""
"È possibile elencare più host o reti usando degli spazi come separatore. Gli "
"host devono essere inseriti con il loro indirizzo IP, le reti usando la "
"notazione CIDR, per esempio \"192.168.1.0/24\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid ""
"To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'."
msgstr ""
"Per cambiare questo elenco in seguito, eseguire: \"dpkg-reconfigure distcc\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid "Listen interfaces:"
msgstr "Interfacce di ascolto:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid "The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface."
msgstr ""
"Il demone distcc può essere collegato a una specifica interfaccia di rete."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid ""
"You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering "
"it's IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter "
"nothing."
msgstr ""
"Per scegliere su quale interfaccia della rete locale inserire l'indirizzo "
"IP. Se distccd deve stare in ascolto su tutte le interfacce, non inserire "
"nulla."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in "
"your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should  "
"never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell "
"should be used instead of the daemon."
msgstr ""
"Per proteggere distccd da accessi non autorizzati, è necessario essere "
"prudenti nella scelta delle interfacce in ascolto e delle reti autorizzate. "
"distccd non dovrebbe essere mai accessibile da reti non fidate. Se "
"necessario, usare secureshell al posto del demone."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid ""
"To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure "
"distcc'."
msgstr ""
"Per cambiare l'indirizzo in seguito, eseguire: \"dpkg-reconfigure distcc\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:4001
msgid "Nice level:"
msgstr "Livello di nice:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:4001
msgid ""
"You can start the distcc daemon with a nice

rancid 2.3.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package rancid

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on rancid pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 17, 2010.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Rancid 2.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ran...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-15 21:21+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-28 18:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Samuele Giovanni Tonon \n"
"Language-Team: Italiano \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:1001
msgid "Note"
msgstr "Attenzione !!"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rancid debian package is still in an alpha stage.  If you find problems "
"first check all the docs and then report them as bugs as soon as possible.  "
"Currently it doesn't have any installation script to help you configuring "
"it, look at the examples directory under /usr/share/doc/rancid to look for "
"some example for your configuration."
msgstr ""
"Il pacchetto debian di rancid e' ancora in fase alfa, se trovate problemi "
"controllate prima nella documentazione e poi riportateli come bug il piu' "
"velocemente possibile. Attualmente non ha alcun script di installazione per "
"aiutare la configurazione, tuttavia sono disponibili alcuni esempi nella "
"directory examples in /usr/share/doc/rancid-{core|util|cgi}/examples"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:2001
msgid "Really continue?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please check, whether you made a backup copy of your rancid data.  If it's "
"your first installation of rancid accept here, otherwise decline, perform "
"the backup and then run \"dpkg-reconfigure rancid\""
msgstr ""
"E' stata fatta una copia di backup dei dati di rancid ? Se questa e' la "
"vostra prima installazione di rancid potete rispondere tranquillamente 'Si', "
"altrimenti scegliete 'No', procedete al backup, e poi eseguite 'dpkg-"
"reconfigure -plow rancid' per tornare a questo menu"

#~ msgid "Dangerous upgrade"
#~ msgstr "Upgrade pericoloso"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This newer version of Rancid has some newer features which could lead to "
#~ "loss of all your precedent configuration and data.  It is STRONGLY "
#~ "RECOMMEND that you first make a BACKUP of the ~rancid directory before "
#~ "performing this upgrade, and then you should check /usr/share/doc/rancid "
#~ "directory for information on what has been changed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questa nuova versione di Rancid ha alcune nuove feature che potrebbero "
#~ "portarvi a perdere i vecchi dati e le vecchie configurazioni. Si "
#~ "RACCOMANDA FORTEMENTE di fare un BACKUP della directory di rancid prima "
#~ "di aggiornare il pacchetto e quindi di controllare la directory di "
#~ "documentazione per vedere che cosa e' cambiato effettivamente"

#~ msgid "Let's go!"
#~ msgstr "Avanti Tutta!"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This package provides you a simple tracker to download and build latest "
#~ "Rancid debian source packages for non x86 arch users.  Read /usr/share/"
#~ "doc/rancid-installer/README.rancid-installer for instruction on compiling "
#~ "and installing it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo pacchetto fornisce una semplice notifica per scaricare gli ultimi "
#~ "sorgenti rancid per debian disponibili per utenti di architetture "
#~ "differenti da X86. Leggere  /usr/share/doc/rancid-installe/README.rancid-"
#~ "installer per istruzioni sulla compilazione e installazione"

rancid 2.3.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package rancid

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on rancid pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 17, 2010.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Rancid 2.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ran...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-15 21:21+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-28 18:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Samuele Giovanni Tonon \n"
"Language-Team: Italiano \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:1001
msgid "Note"
msgstr "Attenzione !!"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rancid debian package is still in an alpha stage.  If you find problems "
"first check all the docs and then report them as bugs as soon as possible.  "
"Currently it doesn't have any installation script to help you configuring "
"it, look at the examples directory under /usr/share/doc/rancid to look for "
"some example for your configuration."
msgstr ""
"Il pacchetto debian di rancid e' ancora in fase alfa, se trovate problemi "
"controllate prima nella documentazione e poi riportateli come bug il piu' "
"velocemente possibile. Attualmente non ha alcun script di installazione per "
"aiutare la configurazione, tuttavia sono disponibili alcuni esempi nella "
"directory examples in /usr/share/doc/rancid-{core|util|cgi}/examples"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:2001
msgid "Really continue?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please check, whether you made a backup copy of your rancid data.  If it's "
"your first installation of rancid accept here, otherwise decline, perform "
"the backup and then run \"dpkg-reconfigure rancid\""
msgstr ""
"E' stata fatta una copia di backup dei dati di rancid ? Se questa e' la "
"vostra prima installazione di rancid potete rispondere tranquillamente 'Si', "
"altrimenti scegliete 'No', procedete al backup, e poi eseguite 'dpkg-"
"reconfigure -plow rancid' per tornare a questo menu"

#~ msgid "Dangerous upgrade"
#~ msgstr "Upgrade pericoloso"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This newer version of Rancid has some newer features which could lead to "
#~ "loss of all your precedent configuration and data.  It is STRONGLY "
#~ "RECOMMEND that you first make a BACKUP of the ~rancid directory before "
#~ "performing this upgrade, and then you should check /usr/share/doc/rancid "
#~ "directory for information on what has been changed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questa nuova versione di Rancid ha alcune nuove feature che potrebbero "
#~ "portarvi a perdere i vecchi dati e le vecchie configurazioni. Si "
#~ "RACCOMANDA FORTEMENTE di fare un BACKUP della directory di rancid prima "
#~ "di aggiornare il pacchetto e quindi di controllare la directory di "
#~ "documentazione per vedere che cosa e' cambiato effettivamente"

#~ msgid "Let's go!"
#~ msgstr "Avanti Tutta!"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This package provides you a simple tracker to download and build latest "
#~ "Rancid debian source packages for non x86 arch users.  Read /usr/share/"
#~ "doc/rancid-installer/README.rancid-installer for instruction on compiling "
#~ "and installing it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo pacchetto fornisce una semplice notifica per scaricare gli ultimi "
#~ "sorgenti rancid per debian disponibili per utenti di architetture "
#~ "differenti da X86. Leggere  /usr/share/doc/rancid-installe/README.rancid-"
#~ "installer per istruzioni sulla compilazione e installazione"

pppconfig 2.3.18+nmu1: Please update the PO translation for the package pppconfig

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on pppconfig pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

(there are many translations for this package as it was listed in D-I
statistics in the past)

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, April 11, 2010.

Thanks,

# pppconfig 2.0.9 messages.po
# Copyright John Hasler j...@dhh.gt.org
# You may treat this document as if it were in the public domain.
# Translated into italian da Stefano Canepa , 2004.
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.0.9\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-04-05 09:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-02 17:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Stefano Canepa \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#: ../pppconfig:69
msgid "\"GNU/Linux PPP Configuration Utility\""
msgstr "\"Utilità di configurazione di GNU/Linux PPP\""

#: ../pppconfig:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "No UI\n"
msgstr "Nessuna UI"

#: ../pppconfig:131
msgid "You must be root to run this program.\n"
msgstr "Bisogna essere root per eseguire questo programma.\n"

#: ../pppconfig:132 ../pppconfig:133
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not exist.\n"
msgstr "%s non esiste.\n"

#: ../pppconfig:161
msgid "Can't close WTR in parent: "
msgstr "Impossibile chiudere WTR nel padre: "

#: ../pppconfig:167
msgid "Can't close RDR in parent: "
msgstr "Impossibile chiudere RDR nel padre: "

#: ../pppconfig:171
msgid "cannot fork: "
msgstr "impossibile fare fork di: "

#: ../pppconfig:172
msgid "Can't close RDR in child: "
msgstr "Impossibile chiudere RDR nel figlio: "

#: ../pppconfig:173
msgid "Can't redirect stderr: "
msgstr "Impossibile ridirigere stderr: "

#: ../pppconfig:174
msgid "Exec failed: "
msgstr "Exec fallita: "

#: ../pppconfig:178
msgid "Internal error: "
msgstr "Errore interno: "

#: ../pppconfig:255
msgid "Create a connection"
msgstr "Creare una connessione"

#: ../pppconfig:259
#, c-format
msgid "Change the connection named %s"
msgstr "Modificare la connessione di nome %s"

#: ../pppconfig:262
#, c-format
msgid "Create a connection named %s"
msgstr "Creare una connessione di nome %s"

#: ../pppconfig:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is the PPP configuration utility.  It does not connect to your isp: "
"just configures ppp so that you can do so with a utility such as pon.  It "
"will ask for the username, password, and phone number that your ISP gave "
"you.  If your ISP uses PAP or CHAP, that is all you need.  If you must use a "
"chat script, you will need to know how your ISP prompts for your username "
"and password.  If you do not know what your ISP uses, try PAP.  Use the up "
"and down arrow keys to move around the menus.  Hit ENTER to select an item.  "
"Use the TAB key to move from the menu to  to  and back.  To move "
"on to the next menu go to  and hit ENTER. To go back to the previous "
"menu go to  and hit enter."
msgstr ""
"Questa è solo l'utilità di configurazione del PPP. Non vi connette al "
"vostro: \n"
"configura solamente ppp così che ci si possa collegare con un'utilità come "
"pon.\n"
"Sarà richiesto di inserire lo username, la password e il numero che l'ISP "
"ha\n"
"fornito. Se l'ISP usa PAP o CHAP è tutto quello di cui si ha bisogno. Se "
"si \n"
"deve usare uno script di connessione sarà necessario richiedere all'ISP "
"come \n"
"questi chiede la login e la password. Se non si sa cosa usa l'ISP allora "
"si \n"
"provi con PAP. Si usino i tasti freccia in su e in giù per muoversi nei "
"menù. \n"
"Si prema INVIO per selezionare una voce. Si usi il tasto tabulatore per "
"muoversi \n"
"tra i menù, ,  e indietro. Quando si è pronti per muoversi al \n"
"prossimo menù si vada su  e si prema . Per tornare indietro al \n"
"menù principale si vada su  e si prema ."

#: ../pppconfig:271
msgid "Main Menu"
msgstr "Menù principale"

#: ../pppconfig:273
msgid "Change a connection"
msgstr "Modificare una connessione"

#: ../pppconfig:274
msgid "Delete a connection"
msgstr "Cancellare una connessione"

#: ../pppconfig:275
msgid "Finish and save files"
msgstr "Terminare e salvare i file"

#: ../pppconfig:283
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid ""
"Please select the authentication method for this connection.  PAP is the "
"method most often used in Windows 95, so if your ISP supports the NT or "
"Win95 dial up client, try PAP.  The method is now set to %s."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Selezionare un metodo di autenticazione per questa connessione. PAP è il\n"
"metodo usato più di frequente in Windows 95, quindi se l'ISP supporta il\n"
"client di connessione di NT o Windows 95, si provi PAP: il metodo sarà "
"impostato in %s."

#: ../pppconfig:284
#, c-format
msgid " Authentication Method for %s"
msgstr "Metodo di autenticazione per %s"

#: ../pppconfig:285
msgid "Peer Authentication Protocol"
msgstr "Peer Authentication Protocol"

ppp 2.4.4rel-10.3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ppp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on ppp pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, April 15, 2010.

Thanks,

# ppp - Italian Debconf messages
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ppp 2.4.4rel\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: m...@linux.it\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 07:31+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-29 20:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marco d'Itri \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Main menu item
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:2001
msgid "Configure and start a PPPoE connection"
msgstr "Configura e attiva una connessione PPPoE"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No concentrator was found"
msgid "No PPPoE concentrator"
msgstr "Non è stato trovato un concentratore"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001
msgid ""
"All network interfaces have been probed, but a PPPoE concentrator was not "
"detected."
msgstr ""
"Si è cercato su ogni interfaccia di rete, ma non è stato trovato un "
"concentratore per PPPoE."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The configuration of PPPoE is aborted. It can be attempted again by "
#| "selecting the relevant menu entry."
msgid ""
"The configuration of PPPoE has been aborted. It can be attempted again by "
"selecting the relevant menu entry."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione di PPPoE è annullata. Può essere tentata di nuovo "
"selezionando la voce dal menù."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001
msgid "ISP account username:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001
msgid "Please enter the username for the PPP connection."
msgstr "Inserire l'username per la connessione PPP."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This information should have been provided to you by your Internet "
#| "Service Provider."
msgid ""
"This information should have been provided by your Internet Service Provider."
msgstr ""
"Questa informazione dovrebbe essere stata fornita dal proprio Internet "
"Service Provider."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PPP password:"
msgid "ISP account password:"
msgstr "Password PPP:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001
msgid "Please enter the password for the PPP connection."
msgstr "Inserire la password per la connessione PPP."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Ethernet interface found"
msgid "No Ethernet interface"
msgstr "Non è stata trovata una interfaccia Ethernet"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001
msgid ""
"PPPoE networking cannot be configured because no Ethernet interface was "
"detected."
msgstr ""
"La connessione PPPoE non può essre configurata perché non è stata trovata "
"alcuna interfaccia Ethernet."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:8001
msgid "Searching for concentrators on ${IFACE}..."
msgstr "Ricerca di concentratori su ${IFACE}..."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001
msgid "Failed authentication"
msgstr "Autenticazione fallita"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A PPPoE connection was attempted, but the provided login information was "
#| "incorrect. Because of this the authentication failed."
msgid ""
"A PPPoE connection was attempted, but the provided login information was "
"probably incorrect."
msgstr ""
"Si è tentato di connettersi con PPPoE ma l'autenticazione è fallita perché "
"le informazioni di login fornite non sono valide."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please make sure you type the correct username and password."
msgid "Please check the username and password you provided."
msgstr "Assicurarsi di avere scritto username e password corretti."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "Unhandled error"
msgstr "Errore non gestito"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "An unidentified error happened while attempting to create a connection."
msgstr ""

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:11001
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr "Attendere..."

#~ msgid "PPP login:"
#~ msgstr "Login PPP:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It seems that the attempt to create a connection resulted in an unhandled "
#~ "e

xsp 2.4.3-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on xsp pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, April 15, 2010.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE
# Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package.
#
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008, 2009.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: XSP\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-04-04 19:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-13 12:38+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001
msgid "Let mono-apache-server restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update "
#| "script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
#| "applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new "
#| "configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
#| "true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
#| "conf file."
msgid ""
"The Debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, \"mono-server-update\", che crea un file di configurazione "
"per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare "
"Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-"
"hosts.conf). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione mono-server-hosts.conf."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
msgid "Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server2 riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update "
#| "script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
#| "applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new "
#| "configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this "
#| "is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-"
#| "hosts.conf file."
msgid ""
"The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server2 include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, \"mono-server2-update\", che crea un file di configurazione "
"per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare "
"Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione (/etc/mono-server2/mono-"
"server2-hosts.conf). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato "
"non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione mono-server-hosts.conf."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:1001
msgid "Start on boot?"
msgstr "Lanciare il programma all'avvio del sistema?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If this is true, then XSP will automatically start when the computer is "
"turned on."
msgstr ""
"Se questa opzione è confermata, XSP si avvierà automaticamente "
"all'accensione del computer."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:2001
msgid "Bind to address:"
msgstr "Legarsi all'indirizzo:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001
msgid ""
"To function properly, XSP needs to be bound to an IP address. The default "
"(\"0.0.0.0\") binds to all addresses of the server, but a specific port can "
"be selected. To use XSP only locally, use \"127.0.0.1\" for the address."
msgstr ""
"Per poter funzionare correttamente, XSP deve legarsi ad un indirizzo IP. Il "
"valore predefinito (\"0.0.0.0\") 

xmail 1.25-4.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xmail

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A l10n NMU will happen on xmail pretty soon.

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, May 08, 2010.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xmail 1.18\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: r...@debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 16:40+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-06 16:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Francesco Paolo Lovergine \n"
"Language-Team: Italian Translation Team \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Local Domain Name:"
msgstr "Nome del dominio locale di default ?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Xmail server has a sendmail replacement that is mostly used by system  "
"programs and daemons to send mail containing their output or results."
msgstr ""
"Il server Xmail ha un sostituto di sendmail che è usato principalmente da "
"programmi di sistemi e demoni per inviare mail che contengono i loro output "
"o risultati."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Historically, those programs use a user name (usually root) that is not "
"followed by a domain."
msgstr ""
"Storicamente, tali programmi usano un nome utente (in genere root) che non è "
"seguito da un dominio."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Xmail server is a 100% RFC compliant server that does not allow \"default\" "
"domains. Its users are completely virtual and separated from the system "
"users."
msgstr ""
"Xmail server è un server totalmente fedele allo standard RFC che non "
"consente domini impliciti. I suoi utentisono completamente virtuali e "
"separati dagli utenti di sistema."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:1001
msgid ""
"You must have at least one valid domain and one valid user created to "
"receive mail from those programs."
msgstr ""
"Devi avere almeno un dominio valido e un utente valido creato per ricevere "
"le mail di quei programmi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "User that will receive the system mail:"
msgstr "Quale utente vuoi che riceva le mail di sistema?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The RFC and best practice instructions for setting a mail server require "
"having at least valid root, postmaster, and abuse addresses. Historically, "
"it was usually the root user that received that mail in addition to other "
"system-related mail, e.g., from cron daemons and log watchers."
msgstr ""
"RFC e la pratica nella configurazione di un server di posta richiedono che "
"si abbia almeno degli indirizzi validi per root, postmaster a abuse. "
"Storicamente, è almeno l'utente root che riceve questi mail insieme ai "
"maildi sistema, per esempio demoni cron e controllori d log file."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You may now choose user other than root to receive those messages if you "
"wish to do so."
msgstr ""
"Puoi ora scegliere un utente diverso da root per ricevere questi messaggi se "
"vuoi farlo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Password:"
msgstr "Password dell'utente?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter a password for that user. You will need this when you log in to "
"the POP3 or IMAP server."
msgstr ""
"Inserisci una password per l'utente. Sarà necessaria per accedere al server "
"POP3 o IMAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:4001
msgid "Forward to email address:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Optionally you can choose to forward the postmaster's mails to another "
"mailbox."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmail.templates:4001
msgid ""
"This change will not take effect if you already have a redirect in place."
msgstr ""

icinga 1.0.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package icinga

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
icinga. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, May 20, 2010.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for icinga
# Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the icinga package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: icinga 3.0.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ici...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-06 08:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-15 21:02+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Apache servers to configure for icinga:"
msgid "Apache servers to configure for icinga:"
msgstr "Server Apache da configurare per icinga:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please select which apache servers should be configured for icinga."
msgid "Please select which Apache servers should be configured for icinga."
msgstr "Selezionare quali server Apache devono essere configurati per icinga."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you would prefer to perform configuration manually, leave all servers "
"unselected."
msgstr ""
"Per effettuare una configurazione manuale, lasciare tutti i server non "
"selezionati."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Nagios web administration password:"
msgid "Icinga web administration password:"
msgstr "Password per l'amministrazione di nagios da web:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please provide the password to be created with the \"nagiosadmin\" user."
msgid ""
"Please provide the password to be created with the \"icingaadmin\" user."
msgstr "Inserire la password da associare all'utente \"nagiosadmin\"."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This is the username and password you will use to log in to your nagios "
#| "installation after configuration is complete.  If you do not provide a "
#| "password, you will have to configure access to nagios yourself."
msgid ""
"This is the username and password to use when connecting to the Icinga "
"server after completing the configuration. If you do not provide a password, "
"you will have to configure access to Icinga manually later on."
msgstr ""
"Al termine della configurazione è necessario usare questo nome utente e "
"questa password per accedere alla propria installazione di nagios. Se non si "
"inserisce una password, si dovrà configurare da soli l'accesso a nagios."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid "Re-enter password to verify:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the same user password again to verify you have typed it "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid "Password input error"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid "The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "Password confirmation:"
#~ msgstr "Conferma della password:"

#~ msgid "The passwords do not match"
#~ msgstr "Le password non coincidono"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Enable support for nagios 1.x links in icinga?"
#~ msgid "Enable support for nagios 1.x links in nagios3?"
#~ msgstr "Attivare il supporto per i collegamenti di nagios 1.x in icinga?"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Please choose whether the Apache configuration for icinga should provide "
#~| "compatibility with links from nagios 1.x."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please choose whether the Apache configuration for nagios3 should provide "
#~ "compatibility with links from nagios 1.x."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Scegliere se la configurazione di Apache per icinga deve fornire anche la "
#~ "compatibilità con i collegamenti di nagios 1.x."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you select this option, the apache configuration used for nagios will "
#~ "include directives to support URLs from nagios 1.x. You should not choose "
#~ "this option if you still have nagios 1.x on your system, or unpredictable "
#~ "results may occur."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si accetta, la configurazione di apache per nagios includerà anche le "
#~ "direttive per il supporto delle URL di nagios 1.x. Non si deve accettare "
#~ "se sul proprio sistema è ancora installato nagios 1.x, altrimenti i "
#~ "risultati saranno imprevedibili."

grub2 1.98+20100710-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package grub2

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
grub2. 

GRUB 2 package templates are likely to be important ones for Squeeze because
of issues related to upgrading from GRUB legacy.
 
Indeed, they're important enough for being counted as part of "D-I level 2"
even though not strictly related to D-I.

I issue this specific call for translaiton updates because technical issues 
prevent
us from including grub2 package debconf statistics in the standard D-I
statistics and pages.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against grub2. PLEASE AVOID SENDING IT DIRECTLY TO ME.

There is no strict deadline for receiving the updated translation.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for grub2
# This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007-2009.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: grub2 1.96+20090829-2 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gr...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-02 12:55+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-04 10:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid "Chainload from menu.lst?"
msgstr "Effettuare il caricamento in cascata da menu.lst?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid "GRUB upgrade scripts have detected a GRUB Legacy setup in /boot/grub."
msgstr ""
"Gli script di aggiornamento hanno rilevato una configurazione del vecchio "
"GRUB in /boot/grub."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid ""
"In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is "
"recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to chainload GRUB 2 from "
"your existing GRUB Legacy setup.  This step may be automaticaly performed "
"now."
msgstr ""
"Per sostituire la vecchia versione di GRUB sul proprio sistema, si "
"raccomanda di correggere il file /boot/grub/menu.lst in modo da caricare "
"GRUB 2 in cascata dalla versione di GRUB esistente. Questa modifica può "
"essere effettuata automaticamente adesso."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid ""
"It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and "
"verify that your new GRUB 2 setup is functional for you, before you install "
"it directly to your MBR (Master Boot Record)."
msgstr ""
"Si raccomanda di accettare il caricamento in cascata di GRUB 2 da menu.lst e "
"di verificare che la nuova configurazione di GRUB 2 sia adatta alle proprie "
"necessità prima di procedere con l'installazione diretta sul MBR (Master "
"Boot Record)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid ""
"In either case, whenever you want GRUB 2 to be loaded directly from MBR, you "
"can do so by issuing (as root) the following command:"
msgstr ""
"In ogni caso, per caricare GRUB 2 direttamente dal MBR, è necessario "
"eseguire (da root) il seguente comando:"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Disk sizes are in decimal megabytes, to match how disk manufacturers
#. usually describe them.
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:5001
msgid "${DEVICE} (${SIZE} MB, ${MODEL})"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:7001
msgid "GRUB installation failed.  Continue?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:7001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:8001
msgid "GRUB failed to install to the following devices:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:7001
msgid ""
"Do you want to continue anyway?  If you do, your computer may not start up "
"properly."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:8001
msgid "GRUB installation failed.  Try again?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:8001
msgid ""
"You may be able to install GRUB to some other device, although you should "
"check that your system will boot from that device.  Otherwise, the upgrade "
"from GRUB Legacy will be cancelled."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:9001
msgid "Continue without installing GRUB?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:9001
msgid ""
"You chose not to install GRUB to any devices.  If you continue, the boot "
"loader may not be properly configured, and when your computer next starts up "
"it will use whatever was previously in the boot sector.  If there is an "
"earlier version of GRUB 2 in the boot sector, it may be unable to load "
"modules or handle the current configura

qmail 1.03-49: Please update debconf PO translation for the package qmail

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A maintainer upload will happen on qmail pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, September 18, 2010.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF QMAIL'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE QMAIL'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the qmail package.
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qmail 1.03-49\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: qm...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-10 00:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-10 07:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Notice for qmail users"
msgid "Notice for Qmail users"
msgstr "Informazione per gli utenti di Qmail"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Before making any changes to Qmail configuration, please read /usr/share/doc/"
"qmail/README.Debian.gz. This file includes a description of the differences "
"between Qmail in Debian, Qmail in other systems, and other mail transfer "
"agents."
msgstr ""
"Leggere la documentazione in «/usr/share/doc/qmail/README.Debian.gz» prima "
"di apportare qualsiasi modifica alla configurazione di Qmail. Questo file "
"include una descrizione delle differenze fra Qmail in Debian, Qmail in altri "
"sistemi e altri MTA (mail transfer agent)."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you were using a more conventional MTA previously, you will also want to "
"read the \"qmail-upgrade\" manpage, which details user-visible differences "
"between Sendmail and Qmail."
msgstr ""
"Se in precedenza si utilizzava un MTA più convenzionale sarà utile leggere "
"anche il manuale «qmail-upgrade», il quale descrive le differenze visibili "
"agli utenti fra Sendmail e Qmail."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you are new to Qmail, you will want to at least peruse the Qmail FAQ, "
"which can be found in /usr/share/doc/qmail."
msgstr ""
"Se si è nuovi in Qmail sarà utile quantomeno esaminare le FAQ di Qmail, che "
"sono disponibili in «/usr/share/doc/qmail»."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:3001
msgid "Start Qmail now?"
msgstr "Avviare Qmail adesso?"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:4001
msgid "Qmail will be started at the next reboot"
msgstr "Qmail verrà eseguito al prossimo riavvio"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:4001
msgid ""
"You chose not to start Qmail now. It will be started automatically at next "
"reboot."
msgstr ""
"Si è scelto di non avviare Qmail adesso. Qmail verrà eseguito "
"automaticamente al prossimo riavvio."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:4001
msgid ""
"You can also start it manually with \"/etc/init.d/qmail start\" (as root) at "
"a shell prompt."
msgstr ""
"È anche possibile avviarlo manualmente, eseguendo (come root) «/etc/init.d/"
"qmail start» dalla riga di comando."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:5001
msgid "Remove Qmail users during a purge?"
msgstr "Rimuovere gli utenti di Qmail durante una rimozione completa?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you want users created by the qmail package to be "
"removed when this package is purged."
msgstr ""
"Scegliere se si desidera che gli utenti creati dal pacchetto Qmail vengano "
"rimossi quando il pacchetto viene rimosso completamente."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:6001
msgid "Changes for virtual users"
msgstr "Modifiche per gli utenti virtuali"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:6001
msgid ""
"recipientmap is gone from Qmail 1.03. The virtualdomains mechanism has been "
"expanded to support virtual users. This machine's setup needs to be fixed."
msgstr ""
"Recipientmap è stato rimosso da Qmail 1.03. Il meccanismo «virtualdomains» è "
"stato espanso per supportare gli utenti virtuali. L'impostazione di questa "
"macchina deve essere corretta."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:7001
msgid "qlist utility discontinued"
msgstr "Utility «qlist» dismessa"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:7001
msgid ""
"The qlist utility was split out into a separate tarball by the upstream "
"developer in Qmail 1.02."
msgstr ""
"La utility «qlist» è stata suddivisa in 2 tarball separati dallo "
"sviluppatore upstream a partire da Qmail 1.02."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../qmail.templates:7001
msgid ""
"This utility has 

pam 1.1.1-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package pam

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on pam pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 18, 2010.

Thanks,

# Debconf questions for the Linux-PAM package.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Steve Langasek 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the pam package.
# David Paleino , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam 0.99.7.1-5\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-18 18:30-0700\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-01 02:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Paleino \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid "Services to restart for PAM library upgrade:"
msgstr "Servizi da riavviare per l'aggiornamento della libreria PAM:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Most services that use PAM need to be restarted to use modules built for "
"this new version of libpam.  Please review the following space-separated "
"list of init.d scripts for services to be restarted now, and correct it if "
"needed."
msgstr ""
"Molti servizi che usano PAM hanno bisogno di essere riavviati per utilizzare "
"i moduli compilati per questa nuova versione di libpam.  Per favore, "
"controllare la seguente lista, separata da spazi, di script di init.d per i "
"servizi da riavviare, e correggere se necessario."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid "Display manager must be restarted manually"
msgstr "Il Display Manager deve essere riavviato manualmente"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The kdm, wdm, and xdm display managers require a restart for the new version "
"of libpam, but there are X login sessions active on your system that would "
"be terminated by this restart.  You will therefore need to restart these "
"services by hand before further X logins will be possible."
msgstr ""
"I display manager kdm, wdm e xdm richiedono un riavvia per la nuova versione "
"di libpam, ma ci sono sessioni di login X attive sul sistema che verrebbero "
"terminate da questo riavvio.  Bisognerà riavviare questi servizi manualmente "
"prima che qualunque altro login X sia possibile."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid "Failure restarting some services for PAM upgrade"
msgstr "Fallito riavvio di alcuni servizi per l'aggiornamento di PAM"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The following services could not be restarted for the PAM library upgrade:"
msgstr ""
"I seguenti servizi non sono stati riavviati per l'aggiornamento della "
"libreria PAM:"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid ""
"You will need to start these manually by running '/etc/init.d/ "
"start'."
msgstr ""
"Bisognerà avviarli manualmente eseguendo '/etc/init.d/ start'."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid "PAM profiles to enable:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determine how authentication, "
"authorization, and password changing are handled on the system, as well as "
"allowing configuration of additional actions to take when starting user "
"sessions."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Some PAM module packages provide profiles that can be used to automatically "
"adjust the behavior of all PAM-using applications on the system.  Please "
"indicate which of these behaviors you wish to enable."
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid "Incompatible PAM profiles selected."
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. This paragraph is followed by a (currently) non-translatable list of
#. PAM profile names.
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid "The following PAM profiles cannot be used together:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid "Please select a different set of modules to enable."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:3001
msgid "Override local changes to /etc/pam.d/common-*?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:3001
msgid ""
"One or more of the files /etc/pam.d/common-{auth,account,password,session} "
"have been locally modified.  Please indicate whether these local changes "
"should be overridden using the system-provided configuration.  If you "
"decline this option, y

fwlogwatch 1.2-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fwlogwatch

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
fwlogwatch. 

Last upload introduced 3 fuzzy strings for cosmetic changes in English
strings.


Now some messages are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are
missing.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against fwlogwatch.

The deadline is short, but the fix is very easy (I fixed French in 10
seconds...with no real review as it was unneeded).

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thu, 28 Oct 2010 08:19:27 +0200.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for fwlogwatch
# Copyright (C) 2007 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the fwlogwatch package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fwlogwatch italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: fwlogwa...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-21 16:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-01 15:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:1001
msgid "Would you like fwlogwatch as a daemon (realtime mode)?"
msgstr "Si vuole fwlogwatch come demode (modalità in tempo reale)?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Running fwlogwatch as a daemon will let fwlogwatch act (i.e. adding new "
"firewall rules) against active 'attacks', or warn you (i.e. sending email) "
"about them. It could also run a web server to access fwlogwatch's current "
"status."
msgstr ""
"L'uso di fwlogwatch come demone consente a fwlogwatch di reagire contro gli "
"attacchi (per esempio aggiungendo delle nuove regole) oppure di segnalarli "
"(inviando email). Inoltre può anche fare da web server, questo permette di "
"accedere allo stato attuale di fwlogwatch."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001 ../fwlogwatch.templates:3001
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001
msgid "yes (iptables)"
msgstr "sì (iptables)"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001
msgid "yes (ipchains)"
msgstr "sì (ipchains)"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001 ../fwlogwatch.templates:3001
msgid "yes (other)"
msgstr "sì (altro)"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2002
msgid "Add new firewall rules (or take another action) in case of alert?"
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere nuove regole al firewall (o prendere altre contromisure) in caso "
"d'allarme?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Don't use this option unless you know what you're doing. Doing so could "
"expose your system to a Denial of Service attack. i.e. spoofed packets could "
"be made to look like coming from your DNS. Adding a rule to block packets "
"from your DNS won't be good ;-)"
msgstr ""
"Non usare questa opzione se non si conosce esattamente ciò che si sta "
"facendo, infatti si rischia di esporre il proprio sistema a attacchi di tipo "
"\"Denial of Service\". Per esempio, i pacchetti ritoccati potrebbero "
"apparire come provenienti dal proprio DNS però aggiungere una regola che "
"blocca i pacchetti dal DNS non è consigliabile ;-)"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2002
msgid ""
"In case of choosing 'other', you'll have to edit '/etc/fwlogwatch/"
"fwlw_respond' to meet your requirements."
msgstr ""
"Rispondendo \"altro\" è necessario modificare \"/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlw_respond"
"\" in modo da adattarlo alle proprie necessità."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3001
msgid "yes (mail)"
msgstr "sì (mail)"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3002
msgid "Send alerts by mail or other ways?"
msgstr "Inviare avvisi via email o in altri modi?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3002
msgid ""
"This option will make fwlogwatch send you alerts by email or other ways. You "
"may wish to adjust 'alert_threshold' in '/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlogwatch.config' "
"to avoid getting too many warnings."
msgstr ""
"Questa opzione permette a fwlogwatch di inviare allarmi via email o in altri "
"modi. Per evitare l'invio di troppi avvisi si può modificare il valore di "
"\"alert_threshold\" in \"/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlogwatch.config\"."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3002
msgid ""
"In case of choosing 'other', you'll have to edit '/etc/fwlogwatch/"
"fwlw_notify' to meet your requirements."
msgstr ""
"Rispondendo \"altro\" è necessario modificare \"/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlw_notify"
"\" in modo da adattarlo alle proprie necessità."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../fwlogwatch.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Email address to send the alerts to."
msgid "Email address to send the alerts to:"
msgstr

debian installer_sublevel4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Italian translations of Debian Installer are only missing sublevel 4
for 100%. Would you mind considering to complete this translaiton work.

We are close to release the release candidate of D-I, that will be
used for squeeze. So this is about your language's last chance of
being listed among complete languages.

Thanks in advance,

If you don't know how to do this, please get in touch with me.

(forw) Bug#602518: [INTL:it] Wrong translation of "however".

[Christian PERRIER]

Any advice about this?


- Forwarded message from Pietro Battiston  -

Date: Fri, 05 Nov 2010 16:48:22 +0100
From: Pietro Battiston 
To: sub...@bugs.debian.org
Subject: Bug#602518: [INTL:it] Wrong translation of "however".
Reply-To: Pietro Battiston , 602...@bugs.debian.org
X-Mailer: Evolution 2.30.3
X-Mailing-List:  archive/latest/12081
X-CRM114-Status: Good  ( pR: 31.1814 )

Package: dpkg
Version: 1.15.8.5


In po/it.po at line 3469, I find

msgid "; however:\n"
msgstr "; comunque:\n" 


This is _wrong_, and makes the message not understandable (unless you
already know what's going on). Possible valid translations are

", ma:\n"
(my favourite)
", però:\n"
or
"; tuttavia;\n"
(which is more literal but also more ambiguous).


This bug is present since years: I've asked one of the two translator to
fix it once in 2008 and once in 2009, and he agreed on the diagnosis,
but never fixed it.

Pietro



- End forwarded message -

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Needed update for console-setup debconf translations (for Debian Installer)

[Christian Perrier]

Dear translator and translation team,

The console-setup package translation is normally included in
so-called "Debian Installer level 1" translations.

However, it was recently discovered that some of its localizable
material was unfortunately not included in strings to translate.

Instead of reincluding it blindly (and then mess completely Debian
Installer localization statistics very late in the release process), I
decided to deal with these updates separately.

Please update the attached translation as soon as possible (within the
next week would be great). That will considerably improve the user
experience in your language, particularly with the graphical installer.

Please send translation updates preferrably as bug reports against the
console-setup package. If you don't know how to do this, please send
them to debian-b...@lists.debian.org...and if you're really in
trouble, please send them to me directly.

Translation teams, if the original translator (see the "To:" field of
this mail) is unresponsive, please take the translation over as soon
as possible.

Many thanks in advance for your help. Please accept apologies for the
very late notice and the pressure we're putting on you for this update
to happen.


# Italian messages for debian-installer.
# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
# The translation team (for all four levels):
# Cristian Rigamonti 
# Danilo Piazzalunga 
# Davide Meloni 
# Davide Viti 
# Filippo Giunchedi 
# Giuseppe Sacco 
# Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi 
# Renato Gini
# Ruggero Tonelli
# Samuele Giovanni Tonon 
# Stefano Canepa 
# Stefano Melchior 
#
# Milo Casagrande , 2008, 2009, 2009, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-09 22:27+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-07 19:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl2:
#: ../console-setup.templates:2001
msgid "Do not change the boot/kernel font"
msgstr "Non modificare il carattere di boot/kernel"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Arabic"
msgstr ". Arabo"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Armenian"
msgstr "# Armeno"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U"
msgstr "# Cirillico - KOI8-R e KOI8-U"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages"
msgstr "# Cirillico - lingue non slave"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin)"
msgstr "# Cirillico - lingue slave (inclusi latino bosniaco e serbo)"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Ethiopic"
msgstr ". Etiope"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Georgian"
msgstr "# Georgiano"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Greek"
msgstr "# Greco"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Hebrew"
msgstr "# Ebraico"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Lao"
msgstr "# Laotiano"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages"
msgstr "# Latino1 e Latino5 - lingue europee occidentali e turco"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian"
msgstr "# Latino2 - lingue centroeuropee e rumeno"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh"
msgstr ""
"# Latino3 e Latino8 - chichewa, esperanto, irlandese, maltese e gallese"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese"
msgstr "# Latino7 - lituano, lettone, maori e marsciallese"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Latin - Vietnamese"
msgstr ". Latino - vietnamita"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Thai"
msgstr "# Thailandese"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic"
msgstr ". Combinato - latino, cirillico slavo, ebreo, arabo di base"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Greek"
msgstr ". Combi

Urgent: please update console-setup translation for Debian Installer release

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Last minute changes to console-setup brought again more strings to
translate. These changes are part of important fixes to make the
choice of keyboard map more inline with X keymap choice.

They explain why you receive a notice for console-setup a second time.

In this attempt, translations from console-data have been re-used.

Still, the translation for your language is still incomplete.

These strings will beincluded in Debian Installer though they are
currently dealt separately from the main D-I files.

Please send your update as soon as possible, preferrably before
November 25th. Is you send it earlier, it is even better.

Many thanks in advance...


# Italian messages for debian-installer.
# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
# The translation team (for all four levels):
# Cristian Rigamonti 
# Danilo Piazzalunga , 2004.
# Davide Meloni 
# Davide Viti 
# Filippo Giunchedi 
# Giuseppe Sacco 
# Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi 
# Renato Gini
# Ruggero Tonelli
# Samuele Giovanni Tonon 
# Stefano Canepa 
# Stefano Melchior 
#
# Milo Casagrande , 2008, 2009, 2009, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-16 00:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-07 19:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl2:
#: ../console-setup.templates:2001
msgid "Do not change the boot/kernel font"
msgstr "Non modificare il carattere di boot/kernel"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Arabic"
msgstr ". Arabo"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Armenian"
msgstr "# Armeno"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U"
msgstr "# Cirillico - KOI8-R e KOI8-U"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages"
msgstr "# Cirillico - lingue non slave"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin)"
msgstr "# Cirillico - lingue slave (inclusi latino bosniaco e serbo)"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Ethiopic"
msgstr ". Etiope"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Georgian"
msgstr "# Georgiano"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Greek"
msgstr "# Greco"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Hebrew"
msgstr "# Ebraico"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Lao"
msgstr "# Laotiano"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages"
msgstr "# Latino1 e Latino5 - lingue europee occidentali e turco"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian"
msgstr "# Latino2 - lingue centroeuropee e rumeno"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh"
msgstr ""
"# Latino3 e Latino8 - chichewa, esperanto, irlandese, maltese e gallese"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese"
msgstr "# Latino7 - lituano, lettone, maori e marsciallese"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Latin - Vietnamese"
msgstr ". Latino - vietnamita"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid "# Thai"
msgstr "# Thailandese"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic"
msgstr ". Combinato - latino, cirillico slavo, ebreo, arabo di base"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Greek"
msgstr ". Combinato - latino, cirillico slavo, greco"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid ". Combined - Latin; Slavic and non-Slavic Cyrillic"
msgstr ". Combinato - latino, cirillico slavo e non slavo"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3002
msgid "Character set to support:"
msgstr "Set di caratteri da supportare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please choose the character set that should be supported by the console font."
msgstr "Scegli

tgif 1:4.2.2-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tgif

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tgif pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, February 25, 2011.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF TGIF'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE TGIF'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the tgif package.
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tgif\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: t...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-01-09 01:37+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 16:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../tgif.templates:2001
msgid "A4"
msgstr "A4"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../tgif.templates:2001
msgid "Letter"
msgstr "Letter"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../tgif.templates:2002
msgid "Paper size to be used:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../tgif.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please select the size of paper to be used by Tgif. This selection will be "
"appended to the global Tgif initialization file."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../tgif.templates:3001
msgid "Centimeters"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../tgif.templates:3001
msgid "Inches"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../tgif.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "What units to use for the grid."
msgid "Units to use for the grid:"
msgstr "Unità di misura da utilizzare per la griglia."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../tgif.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please select the units to be used by Tgif when rendering the grid. This "
"will also determine the scaling when the snap-to-grid option is enabled."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "What size of paper to use."
#~ msgstr "Dimensione della carta da utilizzare"

#~ msgid "What size of paper should Tgif use?"
#~ msgstr "Quale dimensione di carta dovrà essere utilizzata da Tgif?"

#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Metrica"

#~ msgid "Imperial"
#~ msgstr "Imperiale (anglosassone)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you turn on the snap-to grid in Tgif, what units do you want it scaled "
#~ "in?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se in Tgif viene abilitato l'adattamento alla griglia, a quale unità di "
#~ "misura si desidera che venga effettuato l'adattamento?"

#~ msgid "A4, Letter"
#~ msgstr "A4, Letter"

#~ msgid "Metric, Imperial"
#~ msgstr "Metrica, Imperiale (anglosassone)"

prey 0.4.4-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package prey

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
prey. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, March 28, 2011.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of the prey debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2010 Luca Ferretti 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the prey package.
# Luca Ferretti , 2010.
# Alessio Treglia , 2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: prey 0.4.4-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-14 07:06+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-01 09:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alessio Treglia \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: Italian\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Frequency of reports and actions:"
msgid "Frequency of Prey reports and actions (minutes):"
msgstr "Frequenza dei report e delle azioni:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Number of minutes to wait before waking up Prey. Control Panel users can "
#| "change this settings later on the web."
msgid ""
"Please enter the time to wait before waking up Prey. Control Panel users can "
"change this setting later through the web interface."
msgstr ""
"Tempo, in minuti, da attendere prima di attivare Prey. Gli utenti che fanno "
"uso del Control Panel possono cambiare questa impostazione via web in un "
"secondo momento."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules:"
msgid "Modules to enable:"
msgstr "Moduli: "

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Prey has many optional modules; if enabled they will be triggered "
"automatically if prey recognizes that the device is stolen."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
" * alarm:   plays a loud sound for 30 seconds;\n"
" * alert:   shows the thief a short message (and may change the\n"
"wallpaper);\n"
" * geo: attempts to geolocate the device by using its internal\n"
"GPS or the nearest WiFi access points as reference;\n"
" * lock:locks the device and asks for a password;\n"
" * network: collects information about the Internet connection;\n"
" * secure:  deletes browser cookies and stored passwords;\n"
" * session: takes a screenshot, collects information about modified\n"
"files and running programs;\n"
" * webcam:  tries to take a picture using the webcam."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Configuration required"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"To finish configuring Prey, you need to edit \"/etc/prey/config\" and choose "
"its running mode. The options are:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
" * Control Panel: reports are sent to preyproject.com. Go to\n"
"  http://control.preyproject.com/signup and create\n"
"  an account, then set \"apt_key\" and \"device_key\"\n"
"  appropriately in the configuration file.\n"
" * Standalone:reports are sent directly to the owner at a\n"
"  specified mail or SSH (scp/sftp) server when\n"
"  activated via a trigger URL under your control."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Modules extend application functionality, there are two types of modules "
#~ "available: Report and Actions modules."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I moduli aggiungono funzionalità all'applicazione e sono disponibili due "
#~ "tipi, Segnalazioni e Azioni."

#~ msgid ""
#~ " * network: collect information about the Internet connection.\n"
#~ " * session: take a screenshot, collect information about modified files "
#~ "and running programs.\n"
#~ " * webcam: try to take a picture using the webcam.\n"
#~ " * geo: attempt lo geolocate the device by using its interal GPS or the "
#~ "nearest WiFi access points as reference.\n"
#~ " * alarm: play a loud sound for 30 seconds.\n"
#~ " * alert: show the thier a short message and optionally change the "
#~ "wallpaper.\n"
#~ " * lock: lock the laptop from being used and ask for a password.\n"
#~ " * secure: delete browser cookies and stored passwords."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " * network: colleziona informazioni sulla connessione a Internet.\n"
#~ " * session: cattura una schermata e raccoglie informazioni sui file "
#~ "modificati e i programmi in esecuzione.\n"
#~ " * webcam: prova a scattare una fotografia utilizzando la webcam.\n"
#~ " * geo: tenta di geolocalizzare il dispositivo utilizzando il GPS interno "
#~ "o il più vicino punto d'accesso WiFi come riferimento.\n"
#~ " * alarm: riproduce un suono ad al

zope-common 0.5.50+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zope-common

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on zope-common pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, April 19, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zope-common\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: pkg-zope-develop...@lists.alioth.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-23 08:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabio Tranchitella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "configuring"
msgstr "configurazione"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "end"
msgstr "alla fine"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "manually"
msgstr "manualmente"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid "Automatic restart of Zope instances:"
msgstr "Riavvio automatico di instanze Zope:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Zope offers an extensible, modular structure that allows for the easy "
"addition of extra components (products) or features. These are provided as "
"packages with names that start with a 'zope-' prefix. Each Zope instance "
"needs to be restarted to use any new add-on."
msgstr ""
"Zope ha una struttura estendibile e modulare che consente facilmente "
"l'aggiunta di componenti aggiuntivi (prodotti) o funzionalità. Ogni prodotto "
"o funzionalità è contenuto di solito in pacchetti il cui nome inizia con il "
"prefisso 'zope-'. Sfortunatamente, ogni istanza di Zope ha bisogno di essere "
"riavviata prima di poter utilizzare il nuovo componente. Qui è possibile "
"scegliere il comportamento predefinito delle istanze di tutte le versioni di "
"Zope installate quando Zope necessita di essere riavviato. Ogni istanza, "
"comunque, può sovrascrivere questa impostazione:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please choose the default behavior of Zope instances when Zope needs to be "
"restarted:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
" - configuring: restart instances after each product configuration;\n"
" - end: restart instances only once at the end of the whole\n"
"installation/upgrading process;\n"
" - manually:no automated restart."
msgstr ""
" * configurazione: riavvia le istanze dopo la configurazione di ogni\n"
"   prodotto.\n"
" * alla fine:  riavvia le istanze una sola volta al termine del\n"
"   processo di installazione o aggiornamento.\n"
" * manualmente:nessun riavvio, è responsabilità dell'amministratore\n"
"   riavviare le istanze Zope."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "abort"
msgstr "annulla"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "remove and continue"
msgstr "rimuovi e continua"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid "Action on old/incomplete zope instance '${instance}':"
msgstr "Trovata una istanza zope '${instance}' vecchia o incompleta:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
"An old/incomplete ${instance} instance was found in /var/lib/zope${zver}/"
"instance/${instance}, with no Data.fs file. This installation is either "
"incomplete or incompletely removed."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid "Choosing 'abort' will allow you to inspect the state of the instance."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
"Choosing 'remove and continue' will remove /var/lib/zope${zver}/instance/"
"${instance} and reinstall ${instance}. Existing log files in /var/log/zope"
"${zver}/${instance} and configuration files in /etc/zope${zver}/${instance} "
"will be preserved."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Keep data for ${instance} on package purge?"
msgstr ""
"Salvataggio dei dati per l'istanza ${instance} dopo la rimozione del "
"pacchetto:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Purging the data files of a Zope instance on package purge will result in "
"th

samba 2:3.5.8~dfsg-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
samba. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.


Two strings just got added to samba's debconf templates. These are
indeed the "titles" of the templates and should be very easy to
translate.
   

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against samba.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
roughly end of May but don't worry if you miss it. There will be many
uploads until wheezy is out.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for samba
# Copyright (C) 2004 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the samba package.
# Luca Monducci , 2004-2009.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba 3.3.4 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-12 10:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-18 21:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid "Samba server and utilities"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid "Modify smb.conf to use WINS settings from DHCP?"
msgstr "Modificare smb.conf per usare le impostazioni WINS da DHCP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If your computer gets IP address information from a DHCP server on the "
"network, the DHCP server may also provide information about WINS servers "
"(\"NetBIOS name servers\") present on the network.  This requires a change "
"to your smb.conf file so that DHCP-provided WINS settings will automatically "
"be read from /etc/samba/dhcp.conf."
msgstr ""
"Se il computer prende le informazioni sull'indirizzo IP da un server DHCP "
"allora il server DHCP può fornire anche informazioni sui server WINS (i name "
"server per NetBIOS) presenti nella rete. Ciò richiede una modifica al file "
"smb.conf in modo che le impostazioni WINS, fornite da DHCP, siano lette "
"automaticamente da /etc/samba/dhcp.conf."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The dhcp3-client package must be installed to take advantage of this feature."
msgstr ""
"Per usare questa funzionalità deve essere installato il pacchetto dhcp3-"
"client."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
msgid "Configure smb.conf automatically?"
msgstr "Configurare automaticamente smb.conf?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The rest of the configuration of Samba deals with questions that affect "
"parameters in /etc/samba/smb.conf, which is the file used to configure the "
"Samba programs (nmbd and smbd). Your current smb.conf contains an \"include"
"\" line or an option that spans multiple lines, which could confuse the "
"automated configuration process and require you to edit your smb.conf by "
"hand to get it working again."
msgstr ""
"Il resto della configurazione di Samba riguarda i parametri in /etc/samba/"
"smb.conf, il file usato per configurare i programmi di Samba (nmbd e smbd). "
"L'attuale file smb.conf contiene una riga «include» o un'opzione che si "
"estende su più righe; ciò potrebbe confondere il processo di configurazione "
"automatica e richiede una modifica manuale a smb.conf per renderlo "
"nuovamente funzionante."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If you do not choose this option, you will have to handle any configuration "
"changes yourself, and will not be able to take advantage of periodic "
"configuration enhancements."
msgstr ""
"Se si rifiuta, si dovrà gestire qualsiasi cambiamento nella configurazione "
"da soli e non sarà possibile beneficiare dei periodici miglioramenti della "
"configurazione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:4001
msgid "Workgroup/Domain Name:"
msgstr "Nome del Workgroup/Dominio:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please specify the workgroup for this system.  This setting controls which "
"workgroup the system will appear in when used as a server, the default "
"workgroup to be used when browsing with various frontends, and the domain "
"name used with the \"security=domain\" setting."
msgstr ""
"Specificare il workgroup per questo sistema. Questa impostazione controlla "
"in quale workgroup appare il sistema quando viene usato come server, il "
"workgroup predefinito da usare nelle varie interfacce di navigazione e il "
"nome del dominio quando è usato il parametro «security=domain»."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:5001
msgid "

grub2 1.99-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package grub2

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
grub2. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against grub2.

There is no strong deadline for receiving the updated translation. The
package will have several updates until wheezy is released but, well,
the earlier the better!

Thanks in advance,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for grub2
# This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007-2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: grub2 1.98+20100804-10 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gr...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-27 13:33+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-12 20:02+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid "Chainload from menu.lst?"
msgstr "Effettuare il caricamento in cascata da menu.lst?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid "GRUB upgrade scripts have detected a GRUB Legacy setup in /boot/grub."
msgstr ""
"Gli script di aggiornamento hanno rilevato una installazione di GRUB Legacy "
"in /boot/grub."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid ""
"In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is "
"recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to load a GRUB 2 boot image "
"from your existing GRUB Legacy setup. This step can be automatically "
"performed now."
msgstr ""
"Per sostituire la versione Legacy di GRUB sul proprio sistema si raccomanda "
"di modificare il file /boot/grub/menu.lst in modo da caricare l'immagine di "
"avvio di GRUB 2 dall'attuale installazione di GRUB Legacy. Questa modifica "
"può essere effettuata automaticamente adesso."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid ""
"It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and "
"verify that the new GRUB 2 setup works before it is written to the MBR "
"(Master Boot Record)."
msgstr ""
"Si raccomanda di accettare il caricamento in cascata di GRUB 2 da menu.lst e "
"di verificare che la nuova installazione di GRUB 2 funzioni prima di "
"procedere con l'installazione diretta sul MBR (Master Boot Record)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid ""
"Whatever your decision, you can replace the old MBR image with GRUB 2 later "
"by issuing the following command as root:"
msgstr ""
"Qualsiasi sia la decisione, in seguito sarà possibile sostituire la vecchia "
"immagine sul MBR con GRUB 2 eseguendo da root il seguente comando:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001
msgid "GRUB install devices:"
msgstr "Installare GRUB sui device:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001
msgid ""
"The grub-pc package is being upgraded. This menu allows you to select which "
"devices you'd like grub-install to be automatically run for, if any."
msgstr ""
"È in corso l'aggiornamento del pacchetto grub-pc. Questo menu permette di "
"scegliere su quali device, se specificati, si vuole eseguire automaticamente "
"grub-install."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001
msgid ""
"Running grub-install automatically is recommended in most situations, to "
"prevent the installed GRUB core image from getting out of sync with GRUB "
"modules or grub.cfg."
msgstr ""
"Nella maggioranza dei casi si raccomanda l'esecuzione automatica di grub-"
"install in modo da prevenire la perdita di sincronia dell'immagine "
"principale di GRUB con i moduli di GRUB o con grub.cfg."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001
msgid ""
"If you're unsure which drive is designated as boot drive by your BIOS, it is "
"often a good idea to install GRUB to all of them."
msgstr ""
"Se non si è sicuri di quale sia il disco impostato come disco di avvio nel "
"BIOS, è consigliabile installare GRUB su tutti i device."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001
msgid ""
"Note: it is possible to install GRUB to partition boot records as well, and "
"some appropriate partitions are offered here. However, this forces GRUB to "
"use the blocklist mechanism, which makes it less reliable, and therefore is "
"not recommended."
msgstr ""
"Nota: è possibile installare GRUB anche nei boot record delle partizioni e "
"qui sono elencate le partizioni più appropriate. Purtroppo questo obbliga "
"

Please update the PO translation of the ISO-3166 country list

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
iso_3166. 

This translation domain is part of "ico-codes", which is maintained
mostly in the Debian Project.

Some translation are managed by the Debian i18n translators (most of
them, indeed), some  others inside the Translation Project.

After a few changes in the ISO-3166 standard, some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please send the updated file:
- if you're familiar with Debian, through Debian BTS
- if you're familiar with the TP, through it
- as last option, to pkg-isocodes-de...@lists.alioth.debian.org

If nothing works for you, please use my private mail address
(bubu...@debian.org) as last option.

There is no strict deadline for this update as iso-codes is released
every month.

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of ISO-3166 (country names) to Italian
# Copyright (C) 2004-2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the iso-codes package.
# Andrea Scialpi , 2001
# (translations from drakfw)
# Alastair McKinstry , 2001
# Danilo Piazzalunga , 2004
# Davide Viti , 2006
#
# Milo Casagrande , 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iso_3166\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Debian iso-codes team \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-06-17 19:13+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-11 22:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. name for AFG
msgid "Afghanistan"
msgstr "Afghanistan"

#. official_name for AFG
msgid "Islamic Republic of Afghanistan"
msgstr "Repubblica islamica dell'Afghanistan"

#. name for ALA
msgid "Åland Islands"
msgstr "Isole Åland"

#. name for ALB
msgid "Albania"
msgstr "Albania"

#. official_name for ALB
msgid "Republic of Albania"
msgstr "Repubblica d'Albania"

#. name for DZA
msgid "Algeria"
msgstr "Algeria"

#. official_name for DZA
msgid "People's Democratic Republic of Algeria"
msgstr "Repubblica algerina democratica e popolare"

#. name for ASM
msgid "American Samoa"
msgstr "Samoa americane"

#. name for AND
msgid "Andorra"
msgstr "Andorra"

#. official_name for AND
msgid "Principality of Andorra"
msgstr "Principato d'Andorra"

#. name for AGO
msgid "Angola"
msgstr "Angola"

#. official_name for AGO
msgid "Republic of Angola"
msgstr "Repubblica d'Angola"

#. name for AIA
msgid "Anguilla"
msgstr "Anguilla"

#. name for ATA
msgid "Antarctica"
msgstr "Antartide"

#. name for ATG
msgid "Antigua and Barbuda"
msgstr "Antigua e Barbuda"

#. name for ARG
msgid "Argentina"
msgstr "Argentina"

#. official_name for ARG
msgid "Argentine Republic"
msgstr "Repubblica argentina"

#. name for ARM
msgid "Armenia"
msgstr "Armenia"

#. official_name for ARM
msgid "Republic of Armenia"
msgstr "Repubblica d'Armenia"

#. name for ABW
msgid "Aruba"
msgstr "Aruba"

#. name for AUS
msgid "Australia"
msgstr "Australia"

#. name for AUT
msgid "Austria"
msgstr "Austria"

#. official_name for AUT
msgid "Republic of Austria"
msgstr "Repubblica d'Austria"

#. name for AZE
msgid "Azerbaijan"
msgstr "Azerbaigian"

#. official_name for AZE
msgid "Republic of Azerbaijan"
msgstr "Repubblica dell'Azerbaigian"

#. name for BHS
msgid "Bahamas"
msgstr "Bahamas"

#. official_name for BHS
msgid "Commonwealth of the Bahamas"
msgstr "Commonwealth delle Bahamas"

#. name for BHR
msgid "Bahrain"
msgstr "Bahrein"

#. official_name for BHR
msgid "Kingdom of Bahrain"
msgstr "Regno del Bahrein"

#. name for BGD
msgid "Bangladesh"
msgstr "Bangladesh"

#. official_name for BGD
msgid "People's Republic of Bangladesh"
msgstr "Repubblica popolare del Bangladesh"

# Nome esteso: "Isola Barbados"
#. name for BRB
msgid "Barbados"
msgstr "Barbados"

#. name for BLR
msgid "Belarus"
msgstr "Bielorussia"

#. official_name for BLR
msgid "Republic of Belarus"
msgstr "Repubblica di Bielorussia"

#. name for BEL
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "Belgio"

#. official_name for BEL
msgid "Kingdom of Belgium"
msgstr "Regno del Belgio"

#. name for BLZ
msgid "Belize"
msgstr "Belize"

#. name for BEN
msgid "Benin"
msgstr "Benin"

#. official_name for BEN
msgid "Republic of Benin"
msgstr "Repubblica del Benin"

#. name for BMU
msgid "Bermuda"
msgstr "Bermuda"

#. name for BTN
msgid "Bhutan"
msgstr "Bhutan"

#. official_name for BTN
msgid "Kingdom of Bhutan"
msgstr "Regno del Bhutan"

#. name for BOL
msgid "Bolivia, Plurinational State of"
msgstr "Bolivia, Stato Plurinazionale"

#. official_name for BOL
msgid "Plurinational State of Bolivia"
msgstr "Stao Plurinazionale della Bolivia"

#. common_name for BOL
msgid "Bolivia"
msgstr "Bolivia"

#. name for BES, official_name for BES
msgid "Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba"
msgstr "Bonaire, Sint Eustatius e Saba"

#. name for BIH
msgid "Bosnia and Herzegovina"
msgstr "Bosnia-Erzegovina"

#. official_name for BIH
msgid "Republic of Bos

cacti 0.8.7g-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package cacti

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on cacti pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, June 28, 2011.

Thanks,

# Italian debconf translation of cacti.
# Copyright (C) 2002 Igor Genibel 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the cacti package.
#
# Alessandro De Zorzi , 2009.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cacti 0.8.7e\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-02-16 06:33+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-26 14:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alessandro De Zorzi \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../cacti.templates:1001
msgid "Apache2"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../cacti.templates:1001
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../cacti.templates:1002
msgid "Webserver type"
msgstr "Tipo di webserver"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../cacti.templates:1002
msgid ""
"Please select the webserver type for which cacti should be automatically "
"configured."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../cacti.templates:1002
msgid "Select \"None\" if you would like to configure your webserver by hand."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare \"Nessuno\" se si desidera configurare il server web manualmente."

#~ msgid "Which kind of web server should be used by cacti?"
#~ msgstr "Quale tipo di server web dovrebbe essere utilizzato da cacti?"

#~ msgid "Apache, Apache-SSL, Apache2, All, None"
#~ msgstr "Apache, Apache-SSL, Apache2, Tutti, Nessuno"

kexec-tools 1:2.0.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package kexec-tools

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
kexec-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, September 08, 2011.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF KEXEC-TOOLS' PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE KEXEC-TOOLS' COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kexec-tools package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kexec-tools\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kexec-to...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-25 18:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-13 06:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kexec-tools.templates:2001
msgid "Should kexec-tools handle reboots?"
msgstr "Si desidera che kexec-tools gestisca i riavvii?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kexec-tools.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose this option, a system reboot will trigger a restart into a "
#| "kernel loaded by kexec instead of going through the full system "
#| "bootloader process."
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a system reboot will trigger a restart into a "
"kernel loaded by kexec instead of going through the full system boot loader "
"process."
msgstr ""
"Se si risponde affermativamente, il riavvio del sistema verrà effettuato "
"utilizzando un kernel caricato da kexec anziché passare tramite l'intero "
"processo di caricamento del sistema."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kexec-tools.templates:3001
msgid "Read GRUB configuration file to load the kernel?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kexec-tools.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, kexec will read the GRUB configuration file to "
"determine which kernel and options to load for kexec reboot, as opposed to "
"what is in /etc/default/kexec."
msgstr ""

ca-certificates 20110502+nmu2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ca-certificates

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on ca-certificates pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 17, 2011.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for ca-certificates
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ca-certificates package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-certificates italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca-certifica...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-02 19:31+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-28 20:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "ca-certificates configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "yes, no, ask"
msgstr "sì, no, chiedi"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid "Trust new certificates from certificate authorities?"
msgstr "Fiducia ai certificati delle nuove autorità di certificazione?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
"This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when "
"upgrading. You may want to check such new CA certificates and select only "
"certificates that you trust."
msgstr ""
"L'aggiornamento di questo pacchetto potrebbe installare certificati di nuove "
"CA (Autorità di Certificazione). Si potrebbe voler esaminare i certificati "
"delle nuove CA e scegliere solo quelli fidati."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
" - yes: new CA certificates will be trusted and installed;\n"
" - no : new CA certificates will not be installed by default;\n"
" - ask: prompt for each new CA certificate."
msgstr ""
" - sì: i certificati delle nuove CA sono fidati e installati;\n"
" - no: i certificati delle nuove CA non vengono installati;\n"
" - chiedi: per ogni certificato delle nuove CA viene chiesto cosa fare."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "New certificates to activate:"
msgstr "Nuovi certificati da attivare:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"During upgrades, new certificates will be added. Please choose those you "
"trust."
msgstr ""
"Con l'aggiornamento, vengono aggiunti dei nuovi certificati. Selezionare "
"quelli fidati."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Certificates to activate:"
msgstr "Certificati da attivare:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /usr/"
"share/ca-certificates."
msgstr ""
"Questo pacchetto installa i certificati di note CA (Autorità di "
"Certificazione) in /usr/share/ca-certificates."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please select the certificate authorities you trust so that their "
"certificates are installed into /etc/ssl/certs. They will be compiled into a "
"single /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt file."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare le autorità di certificazione fidate così da installare i "
"relativi certificati in /etc/ssl/certs. Questi vengono compilati in un unico "
"file /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt."

#~ msgid "${new_crts}"
#~ msgstr "${new_crts}"

#~ msgid "${enable_crts}"
#~ msgstr "${enable_crts}"

nodm 0.11-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nodm

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nodm pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 24, 2011.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of nodm's po-debconf file
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009-2010 THE NODM'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nodm package.
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009, 2010
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nodm 0.7-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-17 13:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-17 13:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:2001
msgid "Start nodm on boot?"
msgstr "Eseguire nodm all'avvio?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Designed for embedded or kiosk systems, nodm starts an X session for a user "
"without asking for authentication. On regular machines, this has security "
"implications and is therefore disabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Nodm, che è stato concepito per sistemi integrati o kiosk, avvia una "
"sessione di X per un determinato utente senza chiedere l'autenticazione. Su "
"sistemi normali questa funzionalità ha conseguenze in tema di sicurezza e "
"pertanto in modo predefinito è disattivata."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:2001
msgid "You should enable nodm only if you need autologin on this machine."
msgstr ""
"Si dovrebbe abilitare nodm solo se si necessita di un accesso automatico su "
"questa macchina."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:3001
msgid "User to start a session for:"
msgstr "Utente per il quale iniziare la sessione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the login name of the user that will automatically be logged "
"into X by nodm."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il nome dell'utente per il quale nodm eseguirà automaticamente "
"l'accesso a X."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid "Lowest numbered vt on which X may start:"
msgstr "Numero inferiore del terminale virtuale a cui X può essere avviato:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"nodm needs to find a free virtual terminal on which to start the X server."
msgstr ""
"nodm deve trovare un terminale virtuale libero da cui può avviare il server "
"X."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Since X and getty get to conflict, this parameter will specify the lowest "
"numbered virtual terminal on which to start the search."
msgstr ""
"Poiché X e getty vanno in conflitto, questo parametro specificherà il numero "
"inferiore di terminale virtuale da cui iniziare la ricerca."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"This value should be set to one higher than the highest numbered virtual "
"terminal on which a getty may start."
msgstr ""
"Questo valore dovrebbe essere superiore al numero massimo di terminale "
"virtuale in cui getty può essere avviato."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:5001
msgid "Options for the X server:"
msgstr "Opzioni per il server X:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:5001
msgid "Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting it."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:6001
msgid "Minimum time (in seconds) for a session to be considered OK:"
msgstr "Tempo minimo (in secondi) affinché una sessione venga considerata OK:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:6001
msgid ""
"If an X session will run for less than this time in seconds, nodm will wait "
"an amount of time before restarting the session. The waiting time will grow "
"until a session lasts longer than this amount."
msgstr ""
"Se una sessione di X viene eseguita per meno di questo tempo minimo, nodm "
"attenderà un certo lasso di tempo prima di riavviare la sessione. Tale tempo "
"di attesa aumenterà finché una sessione non durerà più del tempo minimo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:7001
msgid "X session to use:"
msgstr "Sessione di X da utilizzare:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:7001
msgid "Please choose the name of the X session script to use with nodm."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting the "
#~ "session. These options will be used in the NODM_X_OPTIONS variable in the "
#~ "command line used by nodm to start the X session:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Inserire le opzioni da passare al

gnome-session 3.0.2-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-session

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of Debian-specific strings for
gnome-session.

The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against gnome-session.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian translation for gnome-session
# Copyright (C) 1997-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Christopher R. Gabriel 
# Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Luca Ferretti 
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-session 2.21.x\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-04 20:12+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-03 21:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Ferretti \n"
"Language-Team: Italiano \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#: ../patches/02_fallback_desktop.patch.h:1
msgid "GNOME Classic"
msgstr ""

#: ../patches/02_fallback_desktop.patch.h:2
msgid "This session logs you into GNOME"
msgstr ""

#: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:237
msgid "Your session has been saved."
msgstr "La sessione è stata salvata"

#: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:239 ../patches/10_session_save.patch:263
msgid "Failed to save session"
msgstr ""

#: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:251
msgid "Could not connect to the session bus"
msgstr ""

#: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:257
msgid "Could not connect to the session manager"
msgstr "Impossibile collegarsi al gestore di sessione"

D-I sublevel 5: Please update translation for your language

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Debian installer level 1 sublevel 5 got one more string added
recently. Before this, the translation was complete for your language.
You may want to recomplete this translation.

You probably knwo what to do and where to commit. If you don't, then
please ask..:-)


# Italian messages for debian-installer.
# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
# The translation team (for all four levels):
# Cristian Rigamonti 
# Danilo Piazzalunga 
# Davide Meloni 
# Davide Viti 
# Filippo Giunchedi 
# Giuseppe Sacco 
# Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi 
# Renato Gini
# Ruggero Tonelli
# Samuele Giovanni Tonon 
# Stefano Canepa 
# Stefano Melchior 
# Milo Casagrande , 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-27 22:51+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-21 18:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:60001
#, no-c-format
msgid "ZFS pool %s, volume %s"
msgstr "Pool ZFS %s, volume %s"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:62001
#, no-c-format
msgid "DASD %s (%s)"
msgstr "DASD %s (%s)"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:63001
#, no-c-format
msgid "DASD %s (%s), partition #%s"
msgstr "DASD %s (%s), partizione n° %s"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. Setting to reserve a small part of the disk for use by BIOS-based bootloaders
#. such as GRUB.
#: ../partman-partitioning.templates:36001
msgid "Reserved BIOS boot area"
msgstr "Area di boot BIOS riservata"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. short variant of 'Reserved BIOS boot area'
#. Up to 10 character positions
#: ../partman-partitioning.templates:37001
msgid "biosgrub"
msgstr "biosgrub"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:1001
msgid ""
"In order to start your new system, the firmware on your Itanium system loads "
"the boot loader from its private EFI partition on the hard disk.  The boot "
"loader then loads the operating system from that same partition.  An EFI "
"partition has a FAT16 file system formatted on it and the bootable flag set. "
"Most installations place the EFI partition on the first primary partition of "
"the same hard disk that holds the root file system."
msgstr ""
"Per poter avviare il nuovo sistema, il firmware del sistema Itanium carica "
"il programma di avvio dalla sua partizione EFI privata sul disco fisso. Il "
"programma di avvio quindi carica il sistema operativo da quella stessa "
"partizione. Una partizione EFI ha un file system formattato con FAT16 e il "
"flag avviabile abilitato. La maggior parte delle installazioni mettono la "
"partizione EFI sulla prima partizione primaria dello stesso disco che "
"contiene il file system root."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:2001 ../partman-efi.templates:4001
msgid "EFI boot partition"
msgstr "Partizione di avvio EFI"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:3001
msgid "No EFI partition was found."
msgstr "Non è stata trovata alcuna partizione EFI."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. short variant of 'EFI boot partition'
#. Up to 10 character positions
#: ../partman-efi.templates:5001
msgid "EFIboot"
msgstr "EFIboot"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:7001
msgid "EFI-fat16"
msgstr "EFI-fat16"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:1001
msgid ""
"No partitions were found in your system. You may need to partition your hard "
"drives or load additional kernel modules."
msgstr ""
"Non è stata trovata alcuna partizione nel sistema. Potrebbe essere "
"necessario partizionare il disco o caricare ulteriori moduli del kernel."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:2001
msgid "No file systems found"
msgstr "Nessun file system trovato"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:2001
msgid ""
"No usable file systems were found. You may need to load additional kernel "
"modules."
msgstr ""
"Non è stato trovato alcun file system utilizzabile. Potrebbe essere "
"necessario caricare moduli aggiuntivi."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:3001
msgid "Abort"
msgstr "Annulla"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#. Note to translators : Please keep your translations of the choices
#. below a 65 columns limit (which means 65 characters
#. in single-byte languages)
#: ../partconf.templates:4001
msgid "Leave the file system intact"
msgstr "Lasciare il file system intatto"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#. Note to

localization-config 1.07+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package localization-config

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on localization-config pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, December 21, 2011.

Thanks,

# Traduzione italiana di partman-auto
# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Stefano Melchior , 2004.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: localization-config 0.105\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mar...@debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-09 10:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-23 20:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Stefano Melchior \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Preconfigure language-related parameters"
msgstr "Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Postconfigure language-related parameters"
msgstr "Postconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. post-base-installer progress bar item
#: ../localization-config-udeb.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preconfiguring language-related parameters..."
msgstr "Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. finish-install progress bar item
#: ../localization-config-udeb.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring language-related parameters..."
msgstr "Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Configure language-related parameters"
#~ msgstr "Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua"

zabbix 1:1.8.6-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zabbix

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on zabbix pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, December 25, 2011.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for zabbix
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE ZABBIX'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the zabbix package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007-2009.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zabbix 1:1.6.6 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: zab...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-07 17:31+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-04 15:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001
msgid "Zabbix server host address:"
msgstr "Nome macchina o indirizzo del server Zabbix:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want to "
"connect to."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il nome della macchina o l'indirizzo IP del server Zabbix a cui "
"connettersi."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
msgid "Configure Apache?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Zabbix supports any web server supported by PHP5, however only Apache can "
#| "be configured automatically."
msgid ""
"The Zabbix web frontend runs on any web server that supportes PHP5. However "
"only Apache (2.x) can be configured automatically at this point."
msgstr ""
"Zabbix supporta qualsiasi server web con PHP5, ma solo Apache può essere "
"configurato automaticamente."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you want to reconfigure Apache so that the Zabbix web "
"frontend is made available at the URL http://.../zabbix";
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the web server(s) now?"
msgid "Restart Apache now?"
msgstr "Riavviare il server web adesso?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
msgid ""
"In order to apply the changes needed for Zabbix configuration, the web "
"server needs to be restarted."
msgstr ""
"Per rendere effettive le modifiche alla configurazione di Zabbix è "
"necessario riavviare il server web."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you prefer doing it automatically now or manually "
"later."
msgstr ""
"Scegliere se riavviare automaticamente adesso oppure manualmente in seguito."

# | msgid ""
# | "Please enter the port your Zabbix server is using. This is needed for "
# | "some advanced frontend functionality."
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001
msgid "This is needed for some advanced frontend functionalities."
msgstr ""
"Questa informazione è necessaria per alcune delle funzionalità avanzate "
"dell'interfaccia."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001
msgid "Zabbix server port:"
msgstr "Porta del server Zabbix:"

# | msgid ""
# | "Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want to "
# | "connect to."
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001
msgid "Please enter the port used by the Zabbix server."
msgstr "Inserire la porta usata dal server Zabbix."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-server-mysql.templates:2001 ../zabbix-server-pgsql.templates:2001
msgid "The SQL database must be upgraded manually"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-server-mysql.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The SQL database used by Zabbix must be upgraded manually using the scripts "
"available in /usr/share/doc/zabbix-server-mysql. Zabbix will not work "
"properly until the database upgrade is completed."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-server-pgsql.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The SQL database used by Zabbix must be upgraded manually using the scripts "
"available in /usr/share/doc/zabbix-server-pgsql. Zabbix will not work "
"properly until the database upgrade is completed."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "Web server to reconfigure for Zabbix:"
#~ msgstr "Server web da riconfigurare per Zabbix:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please select which Apache version you want to configure the Zabbix "
#~ "fronten

xsp 2.10-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on xsp pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, December 25, 2011.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE
# Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package.
#
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008, 2009, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xsp 2.4.3-3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-04-03 10:54+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-09 08:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Let mono-apache-server restart Apache?"
msgid "Let mono-apache-server4 restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update "
#| "script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
#| "applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new "
#| "configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
#| "true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
#| "conf file."
msgid ""
"The Debian version of mono-apache-server4 includes a mono-server4-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server4-update can restart apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server4/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then  Apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server4-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, \"mono-server-update\", che crea un file di configurazione "
"per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare "
"Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server/mono-server-"
"hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf»."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001
#: ../mono-xsp4.templates:4001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:4001
msgid "ASP.NET 1.0 support removed"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You appear to have some ASP.NET 1.0 sites configured in /etc/mono-server1. "
"Support for the 1.0 profile has been removed from Mono 2.8 and above, and "
"you are no longer able to serve ASP.NET 1.0 sites. You must reconfigure XSP "
"to serve these sites using either 2.0 or 4.0 profiles, assuming your "
"application is compatible. Please see mono-server2-admin(8) or  mono-server4-"
"admin(8) to see how to regenerate a configuration for use   with 2.0 or 4.0 "
"profiles."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
msgid "Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server2 riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
msgid ""
"The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server2 include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, «mono-server2-update», che crea un file di configurazione per "
"Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache "
"se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-"
"hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf»."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You appear to have some ASP.NET 1.0 sites configured in /etc/mono-server1. "
"Support for the 1.0 profile has been removed from Mono 2.8 and above, and "
"you are no longer able to serve ASP.NET 1.0 sites. You must reconfigure XSP "
"to serve these sites using either 2.0 or 4.0 profiles, assuming your "
"application is compatible. Please see mono-server2-admin

nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.4+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nss-pam-ldapd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nss-pam-ldapd pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, January 04, 2012.

Thanks,

# Translation of nss-pam-ldapd debconf templates to Italian.
# Copyright (C) 2009 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nss-pam-ldapd package.
#
# Translators:
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nss-pam-ldapd 0.7.9\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nss-pam-ld...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-09 11:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-19 14:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:1001
msgid "LDAP server URI:"
msgstr "URI del server LDAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Please enter the Uniform Resource Identifier of the LDAP server. The format "
"is \"ldap://:/\". Alternatively, \"ldaps://\" "
"or \"ldapi://\" can be used. The port number is optional."
msgstr ""
"Inserire l'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) del server LDAP. Il formato è "
"«ldap://:»; è anche possibile usare "
"«ldaps://» oppure «ldapi://». Il numero della porta è facoltativo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:1001
msgid ""
"When using an ldap or ldaps scheme it is recommended to use an IP address to "
"avoid failures when domain name services are unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Quando si usa lo schema ldap o ldaps si raccomanda di usare un indirizzo IP, "
"al fine di ridurre i rischi di errore quando i servizi dei nomi di dominio "
"non sono disponibili."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:1001
msgid "Multiple URIs can be specified by separating them with spaces."
msgstr "È possibile specificare URI multipli, dividendoli con spazi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:2001
msgid "LDAP server search base:"
msgstr "Base di ricerca del server LDAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use "
"the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the "
"domain \"example.net\" would use \"dc=example,dc=net\" as the distinguished "
"name of the search base."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il DN (distinguished name) della base di ricerca LDAP. A tal fine "
"molti siti usano le componenti del loro nome di dominio: ad esempio, il "
"dominio «esempio.net» userebbe «dc=esempio,dc=net» come DN della base di "
"ricerca."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../nslcd.templates:3001
msgid "none"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../nslcd.templates:3001
msgid "simple"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../nslcd.templates:3001
msgid "SASL"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:3002
msgid "LDAP authentication to use:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please choose what type of authentication the LDAP database should require "
"(if any):"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:3002
msgid ""
" * none: no authentication;\n"
" * simple: simple bind DN and password authentication;\n"
" * SASL: any Simple Authentication and Security Layer mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:4001
msgid "LDAP database user:"
msgstr "Utente del database LDAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name)."
msgid ""
"Enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP "
"database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name)."
msgstr ""
"Questo valore dovrebbe essere specificato come DN (distinguished name)."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:5001
msgid "LDAP user password:"
msgstr "Password dell'utente LDAP:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:5001
msgid "Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database."
msgstr ""
"Inserire la password che verrà utilizzata per accedere al database LDAP."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:6001
msgid "SASL mechanism to use:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database."
msgid ""
"Choose the SASL mechanism that will be used to authenticate to the LDAP "
"database:"
msgstr ""
"Inserire la password che verrà utilizzata per accede

it near full 100% for Debian Installer....

[Christian PERRIER]

Hello Milo, Luca...and all fellow italian translators,

Thanks to ast effort by Milo, Italian is very very very close tofull
100% for all components of Debian Installer (and related)
translations.

The last missing bit is indeed grub debconf templates, which was
translated by Luca:

http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level2/files/it/grub_debian_po_it.po




-- 
Per REVOCARE l'iscrizione alla lista, inviare un email a 
debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org con oggetto "unsubscribe". Per
problemi inviare un email in INGLESE a listmas...@lists.debian.org

To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org
Archive: 
http://lists.debian.org/20111231100422.gg9...@mykerinos.kheops.frmug.org

fts 0.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fts

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on fts pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, January 10, 2012.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF FTS' PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE FTS' COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the fts package.
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fts 0.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: f...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-04-27 14:29+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-13 16:18+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../fts.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Base directory for the tftp-daemon:"
msgid "Base directory for the TFTP files:"
msgstr "Directory di base per il demone TFTP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../fts.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Please note that the configuration directory for TFTP is the one that "
"usually contains the pxelinux.0 file. It has to be configured to the same "
"value that is used by your TFTP server."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The base directory for TFTP is the root dir for served files. The default "
#~ "should be good for everyone."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La directory di base per TFTP è la radice per i file serviti. Quella "
#~ "predefinita dovrebbe essere accessibile a tutti."

nodm 0.11-1.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nodm

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nodm pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, January 10, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of nodm's po-debconf file
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009-2010 THE NODM'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nodm package.
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009, 2010
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nodm 0.7-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-17 13:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-17 13:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:2001
msgid "Start nodm on boot?"
msgstr "Eseguire nodm all'avvio?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Designed for embedded or kiosk systems, nodm starts an X session for a user "
"without asking for authentication. On regular machines, this has security "
"implications and is therefore disabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Nodm, che è stato concepito per sistemi integrati o kiosk, avvia una "
"sessione di X per un determinato utente senza chiedere l'autenticazione. Su "
"sistemi normali questa funzionalità ha conseguenze in tema di sicurezza e "
"pertanto in modo predefinito è disattivata."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:2001
msgid "You should enable nodm only if you need autologin on this machine."
msgstr ""
"Si dovrebbe abilitare nodm solo se si necessita di un accesso automatico su "
"questa macchina."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:3001
msgid "User to start a session for:"
msgstr "Utente per il quale iniziare la sessione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the login name of the user that will automatically be logged "
"into X by nodm."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il nome dell'utente per il quale nodm eseguirà automaticamente "
"l'accesso a X."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid "Lowest numbered vt on which X may start:"
msgstr "Numero inferiore del terminale virtuale a cui X può essere avviato:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"nodm needs to find a free virtual terminal on which to start the X server."
msgstr ""
"nodm deve trovare un terminale virtuale libero da cui può avviare il server "
"X."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Since X and getty get to conflict, this parameter will specify the lowest "
"numbered virtual terminal on which to start the search."
msgstr ""
"Poiché X e getty vanno in conflitto, questo parametro specificherà il numero "
"inferiore di terminale virtuale da cui iniziare la ricerca."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"This value should be set to one higher than the highest numbered virtual "
"terminal on which a getty may start."
msgstr ""
"Questo valore dovrebbe essere superiore al numero massimo di terminale "
"virtuale in cui getty può essere avviato."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:5001
msgid "Options for the X server:"
msgstr "Opzioni per il server X:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:5001
msgid "Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting it."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:6001
msgid "Minimum time (in seconds) for a session to be considered OK:"
msgstr "Tempo minimo (in secondi) affinché una sessione venga considerata OK:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:6001
msgid ""
"If an X session will run for less than this time in seconds, nodm will wait "
"an amount of time before restarting the session. The waiting time will grow "
"until a session lasts longer than this amount."
msgstr ""
"Se una sessione di X viene eseguita per meno di questo tempo minimo, nodm "
"attenderà un certo lasso di tempo prima di riavviare la sessione. Tale tempo "
"di attesa aumenterà finché una sessione non durerà più del tempo minimo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:7001
msgid "X session to use:"
msgstr "Sessione di X da utilizzare:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nodm.templates:7001
msgid "Please choose the name of the X session script to use with nodm."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting the "
#~ "session. These options will be used in the NODM_X_OPTIONS variable in the "
#~ "command line used by nodm to start the X session:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Inserire le opzioni da passare a

Danish overtakes Italian in debconf translations race....:-)

[Christian PERRIER]

As of today, Danish is now ranked 11th in debconf translations ratio,
with 76,54% of strings translated while Italian has 76,11% (it seems
that NMUs of mine helped a little bit in this, particularly the NMU of
dbconfig-common).

I know that the Italian team will react to this and do its best to
follow the currently crazy progress rate of Danish (and Joe Hansen's
tireless translations)... Anyway your common goal is of course
reaching the heaven of 100percentness, right?  :-)

Anyway, congratulations to both teams: you guys are among the quite
active ones in Debian localization and you definitely deserve some rewards...


-- 





signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

unixcw 3.0-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package unixcw

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
unixcw. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, January 25, 2012.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF UNICXW'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE UNIXCW'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the unixcw package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: unixcw\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: uni...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-01-11 06:51+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-16 18:53+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cwcp.templates:2001
msgid "Run cwcp with root privileges?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cwcp.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If it is run with elevated privileges (which is not recommended), cwcp can "
"produce sounds using the console buzzer."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cwcp.templates:2001 ../cw.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please choose whether this should be achieved by giving the executable the "
"\"setuid\" attribute."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cwcp.templates:2001 ../cw.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Alternatives include running the program with sudo or eliminating this issue "
"completely by using output via a sound card instead of the buzzer."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cw.templates:2001
msgid "Run cw with root privileges?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cw.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If it is run with elevated privileges (which is not recommended), cw can "
"produce sounds using the console buzzer."
msgstr ""

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Make cwcp setuid root"
#~ msgid "Make cwcp setuid root?"
#~ msgstr "Impostare cwcp con setuid root"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Make cw setuid root"
#~ msgid "Make cw setuid root?"
#~ msgstr "Impostare cw con setuid root"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cwcp program only runs correctly as the root user. One way of doing "
#~ "this is to make the program setuid root. This is generally a bad idea as "
#~ "there are better ways, such as using the sudo program, to do this. "
#~ "However, you have the option here of making it setuid root if you like."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "cwcp funziona regolarmente solo se eseguito come utente root; a tal fine "
#~ "lo si può impostare con setuid root, ma questa normalmente non è una "
#~ "buona idea, in quanto ci sono modi migliori come, per esempio, utilizzare "
#~ "il programma sudo. Ad ogni modo, si ha la possibilità di impostarlo con "
#~ "setuid root, se lo si desidera."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cw program only runs correctly as the root user. One way of doing "
#~ "this is to make the program setuid root. This is generally a bad idea as "
#~ "there are better ways, such as using the sudo program, to do this. "
#~ "However, you have the option here of making it setuid root if you like."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "cw funziona regolarmente solo se eseguito come utente root; a tal fine lo "
#~ "si può impostare con setuid root, ma questa normalmente non è una buona "
#~ "idea, in quanto ci sono modi migliori come, per esempio, utilizzare il "
#~ "programma sudo. Ad ogni modo, si ha la possibilità di impostarlo con "
#~ "setuid root, se lo si desidera."

nvidia-support 20111111+1+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nvidia-support

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nvidia-support pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, January 20, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of nvidia-support'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# Copyright (C) 2011 THE nvidia-support'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nvidia-support package.
# Dario Santamaria , 2011.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nvidia-support 20110718+1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nvidia-supp...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-10 17:17+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-08 21:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Dario Santamaria \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:1001
msgid "Run 'nvidia-installer --uninstall'?"
msgstr "Eseguire «nvidia-installer --uninstall»?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:1001
msgid ""
"The 'nvidia-installer' program was found on your system.  This is probably "
"left over from an earlier installation of the non-free NVIDIA graphics "
"driver, installed using the NVIDIA *.run file directly.  This installation "
"is incompatible with the Debian packages.  To install the Debian packages "
"safely, it is therefore neccessary to undo the changes performed by 'nvidia-"
"installer'."
msgstr ""
"Nel sistema è presente il programma «nvidia-installer». Probabilmente questo "
"è frutto di una precedente installazione dei driver grafici NVIDIA "
"proprietari, tramite l'esecuzione del file *.run di NVIDIA. Tale "
"installazione è incompatibile con i pacchetti Debian. Per una installazione "
"corretta è quindi necessario annullare le modifiche effettuate da «nvidia-"
"installer»."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:2001
msgid "Delete 'nvidia-installer' files?"
msgstr "Rimuovere i file di «nvidia-installer»?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Some files from the 'nvidia-installer' still remain on your system. These "
"probably come from an earlier installation of the non-free NVIDIA graphics "
"driver using the *.run file directly.  Running the uninstallation procedure "
"may have failed and left these behind.  These files conflict with the "
"packages providing the non-free NVIDIA graphics driver and must be removed "
"before the package installation can continue."
msgstr ""
"Nel sistema sono rimasti alcuni file di «nvidia-installer». Probabilmente "
"provengono da una precedente installazione dei driver grafici NVIDIA "
"proprietari, tramite l'esecuzione del file *.run di NVIDIA. Sono rimasti "
"perché potrebbe essere fallita l'esecuzione della procedura di "
"disinstallazione. Questi sono in conflitto con i pacchetti che forniscono i "
"driver grafici NVIDIA proprietari e devono essere rimossi prima di "
"continuare con l'installazione."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:3001
msgid "Remove conflicting library files?"
msgstr "Rimuovere le librerie in conflitto?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The following libraries were found on your system and conflict with the "
"current installation of the NVIDIA graphics drivers:"
msgstr ""
"Sono presenti nel sistema le seguenti librerie che sono in conflitto con "
"l'installazione dei driver NVIDIA attualmente in corso:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:3001
msgid ""
"These libraries are most likely remnants of an old installation using the "
"nvidia-installer and do not belong to any package managed by dpkg.  It "
"should be safe to delete them."
msgstr ""
"Queste librerie sono per lo più residui di una vecchia installazione tramite "
"«nvidia-installer» e non appartengono ad alcun pacchetto gestito da dpkg. Si "
"possono tranquillamente rimuovere."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Translators, do not translate the substitution variables (${new-version},
#. ${running-version}) and the command 'rmmod nvidia'.
#: ../nvidia-support.templates:3001
msgid "Mismatching nvidia kernel module loaded"
msgstr "Mancata corrispondenza con il modulo del kernel nvidia in uso"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Translators, do not translate the substitution variables (${new-version},
#. ${running-version}) and the command 'rmmod nvidia'.
#: ../nvidia-support.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The nvidia driver that is being installed (version ${new-version}) does not "
"match the nvidia kernel module currently loaded (vers

openvas-server 2.0.3-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openvas-server

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on openvas-server pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, January 25, 2012.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF OPENVAS'S.PO-DEBCONF FILE
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE OPENVAS'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the openvas package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: openvas 2.0.0-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: openvas-ser...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-08 07:35+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-23 08:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:2001
msgid "OpenVAS daemon certificate generation"
msgstr "Demone OpenVAS per la generazione di certificati"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You will need to provide the relevant information to create an SSL "
#| "certificate for your OpenVAS daemon. Note that this information will "
#| "remain local to this system, but anyone  with the ability to connect to "
#| "your OpenVAS daemon will be able to see it."
msgid ""
"You will need to provide the relevant information to create an SSL "
"certificate for your OpenVAS daemon. Note that this information will remain "
"local to this system, but anyone with the ability to connect to your OpenVAS "
"daemon will be able to see it."
msgstr ""
"Sarà necessario fornire le informazioni pertinenti per creare un certificato "
"SSL per il proprio demone OpenVAS. Si noti che queste informazioni "
"rimarranno in locale sul proprio sistema, ma chiunque si possa connettere "
"con il demone OpenVAS sarà in grado di visualizzarle."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:3001
msgid "Certificate authority certificate lifetime (days):"
msgstr "Durata (in giorni) del certificato dell'autorità di certificazione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please choose the lifetime of the Certificate Authority certificate that "
"will be used to generate the OpenVAS daemon certificate."
msgstr ""
"Scegliere la durata del certificato dell'autorità di certificazione che sarà "
"usata per generare il certificato del demone OpenVAS."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:4001
msgid "Server certificate lifetime (days):"
msgstr "Durata (in giorni) del certificato del server:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:4001
msgid "Please choose the lifetime of the OpenVAS daemon certificate."
msgstr "Scegliere la durata del certificato del demone OpenVAS."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:4001
msgid ""
"OpenVAS clients will not connect to servers with expired certificates, so "
"you should choose a duration longer than the time you plan to run this "
"server."
msgstr ""
"I client OpenVAS non si connetteranno a server con certificati scaduti, per "
"cui è necessario scegliere una durata più lunga del tempo di durata prevista "
"per il server."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:4001
msgid ""
"This certificate can be regenerated later by removing the certificate file "
"stored in /var/lib/openvas/CA/ and running \"openvas-mkcert\"."
msgstr ""
"Questo certificato potrà essere generato nuovamente in un secondo tempo, "
"rimuovendo il file dei certificati memorizzato in «/var/lib/openvas/CA» ed "
"eseguendo «openvas-mkcert»."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:5001
msgid "Country (two-letter code):"
msgstr "Nazione (codice a 2 lettere):"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please enter the two-letter code for the country where this server resides."
msgstr ""
"Inserire il codice a 2 lettere della nazione in cui il server si trova."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:6001
msgid "State or province:"
msgstr "Stato o provincia:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:6001
msgid "Please enter the state or province where this server resides."
msgstr "Inserire lo stato o la provincia in cui il server si trova."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:7001
msgid "Location:"
msgstr "Posizione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../openvas-server.templates:7001
msgid ""
"Please enter the location (town, for example) where this server resides."
msgstr "Inserire la posizione (ad esempio città) in c

pam 1.1.3-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package pam

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on pam pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, January 27, 2012.

Thanks,

# Debconf questions for the Linux-PAM package.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Steve Langasek 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the pam package.
#
# David Paleino , 2008, 2010.
# Nicole B. , 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam 0.99.7.1-5\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-30 15:05-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-23 21:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Nicole B. \n"
"Language-Team: Italiano \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid "Services to restart for PAM library upgrade:"
msgstr "Servizi da riavviare per l'aggiornamento della libreria PAM:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Most services that use PAM need to be restarted to use modules built for "
"this new version of libpam.  Please review the following space-separated "
"list of init.d scripts for services to be restarted now, and correct it if "
"needed."
msgstr ""
"La maggior parte dei servizi che usano PAM hanno bisogno di essere riavviati "
"per utilizzare i moduli compilati per questa nuova versione di libpam. "
"Controllare e correggere, se necessario, il seguente elenco di script di "
"init.d, separati da spazi, inerente i servizi da riavviare."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid "Display manager must be restarted manually"
msgstr "Il display manager deve essere riavviato manualmente"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The wdm and xdm display managers require a restart for the new version of "
"libpam, but there are X login sessions active on your system that would be "
"terminated by this restart.  You will therefore need to restart these "
"services by hand before further X logins will be possible."
msgstr ""
"I display manager wdm e xdm richiedono di essere riavviati per la nuova "
"versione di libpam, ma ci sono sessioni di login X attive sul sistema che "
"verrebbero terminate da questo riavvio. Bisognerà riavviare questi servizi "
"manualmente prima che sia possibile ogni altro login al server X."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid "Failure restarting some services for PAM upgrade"
msgstr "Fallito il riavvio di alcuni servizi per l'aggiornamento di PAM"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The following services could not be restarted for the PAM library upgrade:"
msgstr ""
"Non è stato possibile il riavvio dei seguenti servizi per l'aggiornamento "
"della libreria PAM:"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid ""
"You will need to start these manually by running '/etc/init.d/ "
"start'."
msgstr ""
"Bisognerà avviarli manualmente eseguendo '/etc/init.d/ start'."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:4001
msgid "Restart services during package upgrades without asking?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:4001
msgid ""
"There are services installed on your system which need to be restarted when "
"certain libraries, such as libpam, libc, and libssl, are upgraded. Since "
"these restarts may cause interruptions of service for the system, you will "
"normally be prompted on each upgrade for the list of services you wish to "
"restart.  You can choose this option to avoid being prompted; instead, all "
"necessary restarts will be done for you automatically so you can avoid being "
"asked questions on each library upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid "PAM configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid "PAM profiles to enable:"
msgstr "Profili PAM abilitabili:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determine how authentication, "
"authorization, and password changing are handled on the system, as well as "
"allowing configuration of additional actions to take when starting user "
"sessions."
msgstr ""
"PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) determina come le autenticazioni, le "
"autorizzazioni e i cambiamenti di password siano gestite dal sistema. Allo "
"stesso modo permette la configurazione di azioni addizionali da effettuarsi "
"all'inizio di una sessione utente."

cacti 0.8.7g-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package cacti

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
cacti. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, February 08, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian debconf translation of cacti.
# Copyright (C) 2002 Igor Genibel 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the cacti package.
#
# Alessandro De Zorzi , 2009.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cacti 0.8.7e\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-01-25 07:09+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-26 14:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alessandro De Zorzi \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../cacti.templates:2001
msgid "Apache2"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../cacti.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../cacti.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Webserver type"
msgid "Web server:"
msgstr "Tipo di webserver"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../cacti.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please select the web server for which Cacti should be automatically "
"configured."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../cacti.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Select \"None\" if you would like to configure your webserver by hand."
msgid "Select \"None\" if you would like to configure the web server manually."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare \"Nessuno\" se si desidera configurare il server web manualmente."

#~ msgid "Which kind of web server should be used by cacti?"
#~ msgstr "Quale tipo di server web dovrebbe essere utilizzato da cacti?"

#~ msgid "Apache, Apache-SSL, Apache2, All, None"
#~ msgstr "Apache, Apache-SSL, Apache2, Tutti, Nessuno"

beep 1.3-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package beep

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on beep pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, February 17, 2012.

Thanks,

msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: beep 1.2.2-12\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: b...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-11 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-03 19:01+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: davide gliozzi \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "usable for all"
msgstr "utilizzabile da tutti"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "usable for group audio"
msgstr "utilizzabile dal gruppo audio"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "usable only for root"
msgstr "utillizzabile solamente da root"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid "Install beep as:"
msgstr "Installa beep come:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "beep must be run as root since it needs to access the speaker hardware. "
#| "There are several posibilities to make the program usable:  Either only "
#| "for root (no suid bit at all), executable only by users of the group "
#| "audio, or usable for all."
msgid ""
"beep must be run as root since it needs to access the speaker hardware. "
"There are several possibilities to make the program usable:  Either only for "
"root (no suid bit at all), executable only by users of the group audio, or "
"usable for all."
msgstr ""
"beep deve essere lanciato come root dato che ha l'esigenza di accedere "
"fisicamente agli autoparlanti. Ci sono diverse possibilità di rendere il "
"programma fruibile: o solamente a root (non si usa affatto il bit suid), o "
"solamente agli utenti del gruppo audio, oppure a tutti."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since each program set as suid root can be a security risk this is not "
#| "done by default.  However, the program is quite small (~150 lines of "
#| "code), so it is fairly easy to verify the safety of the code yourself, if "
#| "you don't trust my judgement."
msgid ""
"Since each program set as suid root can be a security risk this is not done "
"by default.  However, the program is quite small (~150 lines of code), so it "
"is fairly easy to verify the safety of the code yourself, if you don't trust "
"the package maintainer's judgement."
msgstr ""
"Dal momento che ogni programma che usa suid root è un rischio per la "
"sicurezza, questo non viene abilitato come opzione predefinita. Comunque, il "
"programma risulta abbastanza piccolo (circa 150 linee di codice) e semplice "
"da permettere di verificare da soli la sicurezza del codice, qualora non ci "
"si fidasse del giudizio dell'autore."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "suid root for all, suid root with only group audio executable, not suid "
#~ "at all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "suid root per tutti, suid root solamente con gli eseguibili del gruppo "
#~ "audio, nient'affatto suid"

Re: Bug#659401: [INTL: it] Italian translation of cacti debconf messages

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Beatrice Torracca (beatri...@libero.it):
> Package: cacti
> Severity: wishlist
> Tags: l10n patch
> 
> Hi.
> Please find attached the Italian translation of cacti debconf messages,
> proofread by the Italian localization team.
> 
> Please include it in your next upload.


Hello Beatrice,

It seems that you worked on the original version of cacti debconf
templates, before it was proofread by the debian-l10n-english team. As
our review changed templates, your translation then becomes
incomplete, with fuzzy string (and one untranslated).

Would you midn updating the attached file, which is your translation
re-merged with the current templates?




it.po
Description: application/gettext


signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

samba4 4.0.0~alpha17.dfsg2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
samba4. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against samba4.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tue, 21 Feb 2012 19:03:50 +0100.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for samba
# Copyright (C) 2004 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the samba package.
# Luca Monducci , 2004-2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba 3.0.24-4 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sam...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-01 22:43+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-23 21:17+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:1001
msgid "Upgrade from Samba 3?"
msgstr "Aggiornare da Samba 3?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:1001
msgid ""
"It is possible to migrate the existing configuration files from Samba 3 to "
"Samba 4. This is likely to fail for complex setups, but should provide a "
"good starting point for most existing installations."
msgstr ""
"È possibile migrare i file di configurazione esistenti da Samba 3 a Samba 4. "
"Probabilmente, se la configurazione è complessa, questo processo non "
"riuscirà ma dovrebbe comunque fornire un buon punto di partenza per la "
"maggior parte delle installazioni esistenti."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid "Server role"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Domain controllers manage NT4-style or Active Directory domains and provide "
"services such as identity management and domain logons. Each domain needs to "
"have a at least one domain controller."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Member servers can be part of a NT4-style or Active Directory domain but do "
"not provide any domain services. Workstations and file or print servers are "
"usually regular domain members."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid ""
"A standalone server can not be used in a domain and only supports file "
"sharing and Windows for Workgroups-style logins."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Realm:"
msgid "Realm name:"
msgstr "Realm:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please specify the Kerberos realm for the domain that this domain controller "
"controls."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:3001
msgid "Usually this is the a capitalized version of your DNS hostname."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "Set up Samba 4 as a PDC?"
#~ msgstr "Impostare Samba 4 come PDC?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you do not choose this option, Samba will be left unconfigured, and "
#~ "you will have to configure it yourself."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si rifiuta, Samba rimane non configurato e si dovrà configurarlo da "
#~ "soli."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Even when using this option, you will need to set up DNS such that it "
#~ "serves the data from the zone file in that directory before you can use "
#~ "the Active Directory domain."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Anche se si accetta, prima di poter usare il dominio dell'Active "
#~ "Directory, è obbligatorio impostare un DNS perché questo è necessario per "
#~ "servire i dati del file di zona per la directory."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please specify the Kerberos realm this server will be in. In many cases,  "
#~ "this will be the same as the DNS domain name."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Specificare il realm Kerberos in cui verrà inserito questo server. In "
#~ "molti casi è uguale al nome del dominio DNS."

#~ msgid "Domain Name:"
#~ msgstr "Nome del dominio:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please specify the domain you want this server to appear to be in when "
#~ "queried by clients."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Specificare in quale dominio deve apparire questo server quando verrà "
#~ "interrogato dai client."

lilo 1:23.2-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package lilo

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on lilo pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, February 27, 2012.

Thanks,

# Translation of Lilo debconf templates to Italian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the lilo package.
# 
# Translators:
# Luca Monducci , 2009, 2011.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: lilo 1:23.1-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: l...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-14 15:48+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-13 21:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:1001
msgid "LILO configuration"
msgstr "Configurazione di LILO"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:1001
msgid ""
"It seems to be your first LILO installation. It is absolutely necessary to "
"run liloconfig(8) when you complete this process and execute /sbin/lilo "
"after this."
msgstr ""
"Sembra che questa sia la prima installazione di LILO. Al termine "
"dell'installazione è assolutamente necessario eseguire prima liloconfig(8) e "
"poi /sbin/lilo."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:1001
msgid "LILO won't work if you don't do this."
msgstr "Senza queste operazioni LILO non può funzionare."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:2001
msgid "Do you want to add the large-memory option?"
msgstr "Aggiungere l'opzione \"large-memory\"?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, LILO loads the initrd file into the first 15MB of memory to "
#| "avoid a BIOS limitation with older systems (earlier than 2001). "
msgid ""
"Usually LILO loads the initrd file into the first 15MB of memory to avoid a "
"BIOS limitation with older systems (earlier than 2001 and few systems until "
"2004)."
msgstr ""
"LILO carica il file initrd nei primi 15MB della memoria in modo da evitare "
"una limitazione del BIOS con i sistemi più vecchi (precedenti al 2001)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "However, with newer kernels the combination of kernel and initrd may not "
#| "fit into the first 15MB of memory and so the system will not boot "
#| "properly. It seems that the boot issues appear when the kernel+initrd "
#| "combination is larger than 8MB. "
msgid ""
"With newer kernels the combination of kernel and initrd may not fit into the "
"first 15MB of memory. LILO compute the needed size of memory and will "
"automatically use the memory above 15MB, too, if there is enough physical "
"memory."
msgstr ""
"Tuttavia, con i nuovi kernel la combinazione di kernel e initrd potrebbe non "
"entrare nei primi 15MB di memoria e quindi il sistema non si avvia "
"correttamente. Sembra che il problema appaia quando la combinazione kernel"
"+initrd supera 8MB."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If this machine has a recent BIOS without a 15MB limitation and you want to "
"use memory above 15MB for all kernels, set the 'large-memory' option."
msgstr ""
"Se questa macchina ha un BIOS recente senza la limitazione dei 15MB e si "
"vuole usare la memoria superiore a 15MB per il kenrle, impostare l'opzione "
"\"large-memory\"."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:3001
msgid "Do you want to run /sbin/lilo now?"
msgstr "Eseguire /sbin/lilo adesso?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:3001
msgid ""
"It was detected that it's necessary to run /sbin/lilo in order to activate "
"the new LILO configuration."
msgstr ""
"È necessario eseguire /sbin/lilo per attivare la nuova configurazione di "
"LILO."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "WARNING: This procedure will write data in your MBR and may overwrite "
#| "some things in that place. If you skip this step, you must run /sbin/lilo "
#| "before reboot your computer or your system may not boot again."
msgid ""
"WARNING: This procedure will write data in your MBR and may overwrite some "
"data there. If you skip this step, you must run /sbin/lilo before rebooting "
"your computer, or your system may not boot again."
msgstr ""
"ATTENZIONE: Questa procedura scrive dei dati nel MBR e potrebbe "
"sovrascrivere parte dei dati che già sono lì. Se si salta questo passo è "
"necessario eseguire /sbin/lilo prima di riavviare il proprio computer "
"altrimenti si rischia di non poter più avviare il proprio sistema."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lilo.templates:4001
msgid "Do you want to convert boo

fltk1.1 1.1.10-10.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fltk1.1

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on fltk1.1 pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, March 02, 2012.

Thanks,

# fltk1.1 - Italian Debconf messages
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the fltk1.1 package.
# Andrea Bolognani , 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fltk1.1 1.1.7\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: fltk...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:16+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-21 18:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrea Bolognani \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001
msgid "Make .h links to ?"
msgstr "Creare dei links con estensione .h a ?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For compatibility with some older code, FLTK used to make its C++-"
#| "specific headers available as  as well as ; however, the "
#| "lowercase-h names are deprecated, and we recommend eliminating them from "
#| "your code regardless."
msgid ""
"For compatibility with some older code, FLTK used to make its C++-specific "
"headers available as  as well as . However, the lowercase-h "
"names are deprecated and should be eliminated from source code."
msgstr ""
"Per compatibilità con il vecchio codice, FLTK rende disponibili i suoi "
"headers specifici per il C++ sia come  che come ; tuttavia, "
"i nomi con la h minuscola sono sconsigliati, e si raccomanda che ogni "
"riferimento ad essi venga eliminato dal proprio codice."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001
msgid "Please choose whether such compatibility symlinks should be created."
msgstr ""

debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer

[Christian Perrier]

Hello,

Once again, minor adjustments to the Debian Installer translatable
strings changed your translation to "incomplete" state.

The strings to update are very simple (three language names, two of
them being indeed English spelling error fixes, and the name of one
state in Australia). If you can, please update them as soon as
possible (there is no deadline but you probably want me to stop
nagging you..:)

Many thanks for your work and commitment to Debian Installer
translations.



it.po.gz
Description: Binary data

[BTS##662119] po-debconf://cvsd

[Christian PERRIER]

Copy/paste errors in a previous mail that confuse the trackaing robot

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

[BTS#662123] po-debconf://spotweb

[Christian PERRIER]

Resending this mail to fix the robot

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

[DONE] po-debconf://davfs

[Christian PERRIER]

Fixing the robot

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

[BTS#662122] po-debconf://davfs2

[Christian PERRIER]

Fixing the robot
-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

[BTS#662119] po-debconf://cvsd

[Christian Perrier]

Doh. If I make mistakes myself when tryin gto fix things, also, that 
makes a lot of trouble..:-)


So, really fixing the robot now, hopefully.

--
Christian Perrier
Chef de service Informatique Individuelle et Départementale
Direction des Réseaux et de l'Informatique - Onera

Je vous remercie d'avance de bien vouloir me demander l'autorisation si vous 
souhaitez
diffuser le contenu de ce courrier électronique à des tiers.



--
Per REVOCARE l'iscrizione alla lista, inviare un email a 
debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org con oggetto "unsubscribe". Per

problemi inviare un email in INGLESE a listmas...@lists.debian.org

To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org
Archive: http://lists.debian.org/4f546e2f.9040...@onera.fr

xsp 2.10-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on xsp pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 14, 2012.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE
# Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package.
#
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2008, 2009, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xsp 2.4.3-3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-21 07:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-09 08:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Let mono-apache-server restart Apache?"
msgid "Let mono-apache-server4 restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update "
#| "script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
#| "applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new "
#| "configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
#| "true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts."
#| "conf file."
msgid ""
"The Debian version of mono-apache-server4 includes a mono-server4-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for Apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server4-update can restart Apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server4/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then Apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server4-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, \"mono-server-update\", che crea un file di configurazione "
"per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare "
"Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server/mono-server-"
"hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf»."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001
#: ../mono-xsp4.templates:4001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:4001
msgid "ASP.NET 1.0 support removed"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You appear to have some ASP.NET 1.0 sites configured in /etc/mono-server1. "
"Support for the 1.0 profile has been removed from Mono 2.8 and above, and "
"you are no longer able to serve ASP.NET 1.0 sites. You must reconfigure XSP "
"to serve these sites using either 2.0 or 4.0 profiles, assuming your "
"application is compatible. Please see mono-server2-admin(8) or mono-server4-"
"admin(8) to see how to regenerate a configuration for use with 2.0 or 4.0 "
"profiles."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
msgid "Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache?"
msgstr "Lasciare che mono-apache-server2 riavvii Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update "
#| "script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET "
#| "applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new "
#| "configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this "
#| "is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-"
#| "hosts.conf file."
msgid ""
"The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update "
"script that creates a configuration file for Apache to start the ASP.NET "
"applications, and mono-server2-update can restart Apache if there's a new "
"configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is "
"true, then Apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-hosts."
"conf file."
msgstr ""
"La versione Debian di mono-apache-server2 include uno script di "
"aggiornamento, «mono-server2-update», che crea un file di configurazione per "
"Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache "
"se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-"
"hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non "
"appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione

postfix 2.9.1-2: one string modified - updates needed

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The postfix package maintainer modified one string in debconf
templates for this package.

You are registered as the last translator for these debconf templates
in your language. Please update this translation.

Please note that I personnally don't plan (yet) to upload the
package However, if there are many updates, it will climb quickly
on my radar and I may put some pressure in the upcoming weeks on the
maintainer for an upload to happen.

So, no deadline, but don't waste too much time...:-)

Translation updates MUST be sent as bug reports. Don't send them
directly to me.

# Italian translation of the postfix debconf template
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package
# Cristian Rigamonti , 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix 2.5.2-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-01 21:49+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-31 12:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Cristian Rigamonti \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Aggiungere una voce 'mydomain' a main.cf per l'aggiornamento?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, "
"mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified "
"domain name (FQDN)."
msgstr ""
"Postfix a partire dalla versione 2.3.3-2 richiede delle modifiche in main."
"cf. In particolare, mydomain deve essere specificato, visto che hostname(1) "
"non è un fully qualified domain name (FQDN)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN "
"of the machine."
msgstr ""
"Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. "
"Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si potrà "
"eseguire manualmente la modifica alla configurazione. Accettando la proposta "
"il valore di mydomain sarà impostato automaticamente al FQDN del sistema."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?"
msgstr "Installare postfix anche se il kernel non è supportato?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you "
"proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run."
msgstr ""
"Postfix usa funzionalità che non sono disponibili nelle versioni del kernel "
"precedenti alla 2.6. Se si procede con l'installazione, Postfix non verrà "
"eseguito."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Correggere la voce retry in master.cf per l'aggiornamento?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf."
msgstr ""
"La versione 2.4 di postfix richiede di aggiungere il servizio retry a master."
"cf."

# | msgid ""
# | "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
# | "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
# | "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically make master."
# | "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with "
"Postfix 2.4 in this respect."
msgstr ""
"Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. "
"Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si avrà la "
"possibilità di modificare manualmente la configurazione. Accettando la "
"proposta si renderà master.cf compatibile con Postfix 2.4 in modo automatico."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Correggere la voce tlsmgr in master.cf per l'aggiornamento?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr."
msgstr "Nella versione 2.2 di postfix è cambiata l'invocazione di tlsmgr."

# | msgid ""
# | "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
# | "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
# | "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically make master."
# | "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
#. Ty

New sublevel added to Debian Installer: sublevel 6 (for recently changed strings)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

As we're beginning to target the release of Debian wheezy, I called
for a "soft freeze" of translatable strings in Debian Installer.

As of now, strings that need a change will be moved to a special
"sublevel" called "sublevel 6". Statistics from that sublevel will not
be counted in general statistics and, therefore, will not count as a
trigger to deactivate an incomplete translation.

This is meant to allow minor updates imacting translations without
"killing" a formerly complete translation work.

Still, these strings can be translated as they are gathered together.
This is this sublevel 6 and the attached file is the one for your
language.

Please consider updating this translation the usual way: those of you
who have commit access and have no problem committing in D-I
repository, please do so in packages/po/sublevel 6. Others can send me
the file to update.

There is no deadline for this. The earlier, the better!

Many thanks for your work in Debian, past, present and future!

# Cristian Rigamonti 
# Danilo Piazzalunga 
# Davide Meloni 
# Davide Viti 
# Filippo Giunchedi 
# Giuseppe Sacco 
# Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi 
# Renato Gini
# Ruggero Tonelli
# Samuele Giovanni Tonon 
# Stefano Canepa 
# Stefano Melchior 
# Milo Casagrande , 2009.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-05 20:47+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-04 22:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid "${echoices}"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid "Interface to use:"
msgstr "Interfaccia da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid ""
"Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. "
"You can select the type of user interface they use."
msgstr ""
"I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto "
"comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid "${descriptions}'None' will never ask you any question."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid "'Text' is a traditional plain text interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid "Newt"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid "'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid "GTK"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid ""
"'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment."
msgstr ""

tin 1:2.1.0-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tin

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tin pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, April 19, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tin 1:1.7.1+20030828-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: t...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-11 13:22+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-08 18:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marco d'Itri \n"
"Language-Team: IT \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../tin.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the fully qualified domain name of your news server"
msgstr "Inserire il nome a domini qualificato del server."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../tin.templates:1001
msgid ""
"What news server (NNTP server) should be used for reading and posting news?"
msgstr ""
"Quale news server (server NNTP) deve essere usato per leggere e spedire le "
"news?"

#~ msgid "What news server should be used for reading and posting news?"
#~ msgstr "Quale news server deve essere usato per leggere e spedire le news?"

aolserver4 4.5.1-15.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on aolserver4 pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, May 03, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: aolversion 3.5.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-19 14:38+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-02 16:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Davide Gliozzi \n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Italian \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server hostname:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for "
#| "informative purposes to identify itself."
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for identifying "
"itself."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede un hostname da usare negli URL di reindirizzamento e a "
"scopi informativi per indentificarsi."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or "
"localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be "
"used."
msgstr ""
"Si tratta in genere del nome DNS completo del tuo computer o localhost, se "
"non sei in rete. Usa un qualsiasi nome che possa legalmente essere "
"considerato in una stringa URL nella tua configurazione."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server IP address:"
msgstr "Inserisci un indirizzo IP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001
msgid "AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to."
msgstr "Il server AOL necessita di un indirizzo IP"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be "
"remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the "
"appropriate network interface."
msgstr ""
"L'indirizzo di default è l'interfaccia di loopback. Se il server deve "
"essereaccessibile da remoto, allora è meglio che sia rimpiazzato "
"dall'indirizzodell'interfaccia network appropriata."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server TCP port:"
msgstr "Inserisci una porta TCP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always "
"port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web "
"server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port."
msgstr ""
"AOLserver richiede che venga assegnata un numero di porta per il suo uso. "
"Questa è quasi sempre la porta 80 (la porta HTTP standard), ma può essere "
"diversa se hai installato un secondo server web, o hai qualche altro "
"servizio in ascolta su tale porta."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the "
#~ "primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will "
#~ "be used just locally)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il server richiede almeno un indirizzo IP. Si tratta generalmente della "
#~ "interfaccia primaria ethernet (o dell'indirizzo di loopback, se vuoi "
#~ "usare il server solo localmente)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for "
#~ "general (network or Internet) use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'indirizzo di default è quello di loopback, che non è raccomandato per "
#~ "usi generali (in rete o internet)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "It is recommended using the default."
#~ msgstr "Si raccomanda l'uso del default."

mod-mono 2.10-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mod-mono

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mod-mono pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, May 05, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for mod-mono
# Copyright (C) 2006 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the mod-mono package.
# Luca Monducci , 2006 - 2009.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mod-mono 2.4.2 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mod-m...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-20 23:00+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-09 10:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libapache2-mod-mono.templates:2001
msgid "Mono server to use:"
msgstr "Server mono da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libapache2-mod-mono.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The libapache2-mod-mono module can be used with one of two different Mono "
#| "ASP.NET backends:\n"
#| " - mod-mono-server1: implements ASP.NET 1.1 features;\n"
#| " - mod-mono-server2: implements ASP.NET 2.0 features."
msgid ""
"The libapache2-mod-mono module can be used with one of two different Mono "
"ASP.NET backends:\n"
" - mod-mono-server2: implements ASP.NET 2.0 features;\n"
" - mod-mono-server4: implements ASP.NET 4.0 features."
msgstr ""
"Il modulo libapache2-mod-mono può essere usato con uno dei due diversi "
"backend di Mono ASP.NET:\n"
" - mod-mono-server2: implementa le funzioni di ASP.NET 2.0;\n"
" - mod-mono-server4: implementa le funzioni di ASP.NET 4.0."

debian-installer: Please update sublevel 6

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Two strings have been added to Debian Installer recently. As per a new
policy, these strings ar emoved to "sublevel 6" temporarily and not
counted in overall statistics, which means your language still appears
as 100% translated, while this file is incomplete.

I recently decided to handle these updates in a separate process for
organizational reasons. This is why you're notified spearately by this
mail.

Please update your translation and commit it back to D-I SVN. In case
you can't, you can send me the update so that I update the repository
myself.

There is no strict deadline, but doing this update as soon as possible
would be a good idea: this is not that a big update..:-)

# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-25 22:50+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-14 17:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid "Interface to use:"
msgstr "Interfaccia da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. "
"You can select the type of user interface they use."
msgstr ""
"I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto "
"comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nessuna"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid "'None' will never ask you any question."
msgstr "Con «Nessuna» non verrà mai posta alcuna domanda."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Testuale"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid "'Text' is a traditional plain text interface."
msgstr "«Testuale» è un'interfaccia di testo tradizionale."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid "Newt"
msgstr "Newt"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid "'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface."
msgstr "«Newt» è un'interfaccia a caratteri, a schermo intero."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid "GTK"
msgstr "GTK"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid ""
"'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment."
msgstr "«GTK» è un'interfaccia da utilizzare in un ambiente grafico."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
msgid "Could not fetch SSH authorized keys"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#. Translators: do NOT translate the "LOCATION" variable name
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the keyfile."
msgid "An error occurred while fetching SSH authorized keys from ${LOCATION}."
msgstr "Si è verificato un errore nel creare il file chiave."

tripwire 2.4.2.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tripwire

[Christian Perrier]

izzata per la firma di rapporti di "
"controllo dell'integrità."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid ""
"You are being prompted for this passphrase because no local key file "
"currently exists."
msgstr ""
"Questa frase segreta viene richiesta in quanto attualmente non vi è alcun "
"file di chiave locale."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid "Repeat the local key passphrase:"
msgstr "Ripetere la frase segreta locale:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid "Please repeat the local pass phrase to be sure you didn't mistype."
msgstr ""
"Ripetere la frase segreta locale, per accertarsi che non vi siano errori di "
"battitura."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid "Your local passphrase is incorrect. Retry operation?"
msgstr "La frase segreta locale non è corretta. Si desidera ritentare?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid ""
"The local passphrase you entered is incorrect.  If you think you mistyped it "
"and would like to retry the current operation accept below.  If you can't "
"remember the passphrase, decline below and the tripwire installation process "
"will terminate gracefully.  When you remember the local passphrase continue "
"the installation process by running"
msgstr ""
"La frase segreta locale inserita non è corretta. Se si ritiene che vi sia "
"stato un errore di battitura e si desidera ritentare, rispondere "
"affermativamente. Se non si ricorda la frase segreta, rispondere "
"negativamente e il processo d'installazione di Tripwire verrà terminato. "
"Quando si ricorda la frase segreta locale, continuare il processo "
"d'installazione eseguendo"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have completely forgotten your local passphrase, generate a new "
#| "site key with a new passphrase by running"
msgid ""
"If you have completely forgotten your local passphrase, generate a new local "
"key with a new passphrase by running"
msgstr ""
"Se si è dimenticata completamente la frase segreta locale, generare una "
"nuova chiave locale con una nuova frase segreta eseguendo"

# NdT: a essere errato è il testo in inglese e non la traduzione in italiano.
# L'autore è già stato informato e provvederà prossimamente a modificare il template.
# Christian Perrier è a sua volta informato. Vedi bug no. 598350 nel BTS.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid "  twadmin -m G -L /etc/tripwire/${hostname}-local.key"
msgstr "  twadmin -m G -L /etc/tripwire/${hostname}-local.key"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
msgid "Rebuild Tripwire configuration file?"
msgstr "Rigenerare il file di configurazione di Tripwire?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
msgid ""
"Tripwire keeps its configuration in a encrypted database that is generated, "
"by default, from /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt"
msgstr ""
"Tripwire memorizza la propria configurazione in un database cifrato che "
"viene generato, in modo predefinito, da «/etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt»"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
msgid ""
"Any changes to /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt, either as a result of a change in "
"this package or due to administrator activity, require the regeneration of "
"the encrypted database before they will take effect."
msgstr ""
"Ogni modifica a «/etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt», indipendentemente se risultante "
"da una modifica nel pacchetto o da un'attività di amministrazione, richiede "
"la rigenerazione del database cifrato prima di diventare effettiva."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001 ../templates:11001
msgid ""
"Selecting this action will result in your being prompted for the site key "
"passphrase during the post-installation process of this package."
msgstr ""
"La selezione di questa azione richiederà l'immissione della frase segreta "
"del sito durante il processo post-installazione del pacchetto."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:11001
msgid "Rebuild Tripwire policy file?"
msgstr "Rigenerare il file di policy di Tripwire?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:11001
msgid ""
"Tripwire keeps its policies on what attributes of which files should be "
"monitor

uptimed 1:0.3.17-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package uptimed

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
uptimed. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, June 10, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for uptimed
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the uptimed package.
# Luca Monducci , 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: uptimed 0.3.10 italian debconf templates\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: upti...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-01 19:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-06 11:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid "pre"
msgstr "pre"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid "list"
msgstr "elenco"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid "table"
msgstr "tabella"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Which format should uprecords.cgi use?"
msgid "Format used by uprecords.cgi:"
msgstr "Quale formato deve usare uprecords.cgi?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Three different layouts are available for use by the uprecords CGI script. "
"Which method you use is a matter of personal preference."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| " - pre: Encloses everything in ...\n"
#| " - list: Makes a list, using ...\n"
#| " - table: Creates an HTML table."
msgid ""
" * pre: Encloses everything in ...\n"
" * list: Makes a list, using ...\n"
" * table: Creates an HTML table."
msgstr ""
" - pre: Racchiude tutto fra ...\n"
" - elenco: Crea un elenco usando ...\n"
" - tabella: Crea una tabella HTML."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "How many records should uprecords.cgi show?"
msgid "Number of records shown by uprecords.cgi:"
msgstr "Quante registrazioni deve mostrare uprecords.cgi?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
msgid ""
"While uptimed may keep a large number of uptime records, not all of them are "
"interesting to the outside world. Thus, you can limit the number of records "
"that will be shown here."
msgstr ""
"Uptimed potrebbe memorizzare moltissime registrazioni sul tempo di attività, "
"ma non tutte sono interessanti per il mondo esterno. È possibile limitare il "
"numero di registrazioni da visualizzare."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "uprecords.cgi has been installed into the webtree"
msgid "uprecords.cgi has been installed into the web tree"
msgstr "uprecords.cgi è stato installato nell'albero web"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI "
#| "script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as "
#| "http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your "
#| "webserver configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place)."
msgid ""
"You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI "
"script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as "
"http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your web "
"server configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place)."
msgstr ""
"È stato installato il pacchetto uprecords-cgi. Questo vuol dire che adesso è "
"visibile dall'esterno all'indirizzo http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi "
"un nuovo script CGI (se non è stata modificata la configurazione del server "
"web per quanto riguarda la posizione degli script CGI)."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the default webserver configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from "
#| "anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access "
#| "restrictions (but who doesn't want to show off with his/her uptimes?)."
msgid ""
"In the default web server configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from "
"anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access "
"restrictions... but why wouldn't you want to show off your uptimes?"
msgstr ""
"Con la configurazione predefinita del server web gli script CGI sono "
"accessibili da chiunque. Per evitarlo è necessario impostare delle "
"restrizioni all'accesso (ma chi non vuole mostrare a tutti i propri tempi di "
"attività?)."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords

postfix 2.9.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
postfix. 

The tempaltes have been, once again, changed by the maintainer and
you, once again, have to redo your work.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
unknown and subject to the will of the maintainer...:-)

You known what to do..:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Italian translation of the postfix debconf template
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package
# Cristian Rigamonti , 2004, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix 2.9.1-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-30 22:56-0600\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 20:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Cristian Rigamonti \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Aggiungere una voce 'mydomain' a main.cf per l'aggiornamento?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, "
"mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified "
"domain name (FQDN)."
msgstr ""
"Postfix a partire dalla versione 2.3.3-2 richiede delle modifiche in main."
"cf. In particolare, mydomain deve essere specificato, visto che hostname(1) "
"non è un fully qualified domain name (FQDN)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN "
"of the machine."
msgstr ""
"Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. "
"Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si potrà "
"eseguire manualmente la modifica alla configurazione. Accettando la proposta "
"il valore di mydomain sarà impostato automaticamente al FQDN del sistema."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "add 'sqlite' entry to dynamicmaps.cf?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.9 adds sqlite support to maps, but your dynamicmaps.cf "
"does not reflect that.  Accept this option to add support for sqlite maps."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?"
msgstr "Installare postfix anche se il kernel non è supportato?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you "
"proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run."
msgstr ""
"Postfix usa funzionalità che non sono disponibili nelle versioni del kernel "
"precedenti alla 2.6. Se si procede con l'installazione, Postfix non verrà "
"eseguito."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Correggere la voce retry in master.cf per l'aggiornamento?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf."
msgstr ""
"La versione 2.4 di postfix richiede di aggiungere il servizio retry a master."
"cf."

# | msgid ""
# | "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
# | "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
# | "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically make master."
# | "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with "
"Postfix 2.4 in this respect."
msgstr ""
"Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. "
"Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si avrà la "
"possibilità di modificare manualmente la configurazione. Accettando la "
"proposta si renderà master.cf compatibile con Postfix 2.4 in modo automatico."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Correggere la voce tlsmgr in master.cf per l'aggiornamento?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr."
msgstr "Nella versione 2.2 di postfix è cambiata l'invocazione di tlsmgr."

# | msgid ""
# | "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
# | "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
# | "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatic

Rimozione dello spam dalle liste -italian (maggio 2012 e mese precedente...)

[Christian PERRIER]

(let's see how well Google translates from French to Italian..:-))

Dato che siamo nel mese di giugno 2012, è ora possibile trattare
archivi maggio 2012 delle mailing list italiane.  

Ricordate ovviamente di aggiungere il vostro nome alla lista dei
revisori così sappiamo dove siamo.

I dettagli del processo di pulizia di spam:
[0] http://wiki.debian.org/I18n/ItalianSpamClean



-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

glance 2012.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glance

[Christian Perrier]

Dear Debian I18N people,

The glance package maintainer once again changed debconf templates in
his package. Exactly the same day we completed the 10th translation
update that resulted from the former change.

So, really sorry, but once again I have to ask you about updating
your translations.

As usual in such cases, please notice that if the newly introduced
debconf templates suck in English, they will continue to suck. Doing
the very same job for always the very same packages just make me sick.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against glance.and cross fingers that an upload happens some day
(believe me there WILL be an NMU if that doesn't happen).

There is obviously no  deadline. Just hurry up.

If you have read so far, please find the POT file in attachment.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian description of glance debconf messages.
# Copyright (C) 2012, glance package copyright holder.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the glance package.
# Beatrice Torracca , 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: glance\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gla...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-24 09:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-15 20:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-registry.templates:1001
msgid "Set up a database for glance-registry?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-registry.templates:1001
msgid ""
"No database has been set up for glance-registry to use. Before continuing, "
"you should make sure you have:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-registry.templates:1001
msgid ""
" - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections\n"
"   from this machine);\n"
" - a username and password to access the database.\n"
" - A database type that you want to use."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-registry.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If some of these requirements are missing, reject this option and run with "
"regular sqlite support."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-registry.templates:1001
msgid ""
"You can change this setting later on by running 'dpkg-reconfigure -plow "
"glance-registry"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:2001
msgid "Pipeline flavor:"
msgstr "Tipo di pipeline:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:2001
msgid "Please specify the flavor of pipeline to be used by Glance."
msgstr "Specificare il tipo di pipeline da usare con Glance."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you use the OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone), you might want to "
"select \"keystone\". If you don't use this service, you can safely choose "
"\"caching\" only."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone) si può selezionare "
"«keystone». Se non si usa questo servizio, si può senza problemi scegliere "
"semplicemente «caching»."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:3001
msgid "Auth server URL:"
msgstr "URL del server di autenticazione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically this "
"is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone)."
msgstr ""
"Specificare l'URL del server di autenticazione Glance. Tipicamente, è anche "
"l'URL dell'OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone)."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:4001
msgid "Auth server admin token:"
msgstr "Token di ammnistrazione del server di autenticazione:"

sysvinit 2.88dsf-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysvinit

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
sysvinit. 

The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against sysvinit.

Please not that I am NOT the maintainer. I send this on his behalf, so
I have no idea about his schedule. In short: HURRY!

Thanks in advance,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF SYSVINIT'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE SYSVINIT'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sysvinit package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysvinit 2.87dsf-5\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sysvi...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-09 08:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-13 12:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid "Unable to migrate to dependency-based boot system"
msgstr "Impossibile migrare al sistema d'avvio basato sulle dipendenze"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Tests have determined that problems in the boot system exist which "
#| "prevent migration to dependency-based boot sequencing:"
msgid ""
"Problems in the boot system exist which are preventing migration to "
"dependency-based boot sequencing:"
msgstr ""
"Le verifiche hanno trovato problemi esistenti nel sistema di avvio che "
"impediscono la migrazione alla sequenza di avvio basata sulle dipendenze:"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed "
"manually.  These are typically due to obsolete conffiles being left after a "
"package has been removed, but not purged.  It is suggested that these are "
"removed by running:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid "${SUGGESTION}"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To reattempt the migration process after the problems have been fixed, "
#| "run \"dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\"."
msgid ""
"Package installation can not continue until the above problems have been "
"fixed.  To reattempt the migration process after these problems have been "
"fixed, run \"dpkg --configure sysv-rc\"."
msgstr ""
"Per tentare nuovamente il processo di migrazione dopo che i problemi sono "
"stati risolti, eseguire «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc»."

#~ msgid "Migrate legacy boot sequencing to dependency-based sequencing?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Migrare la sequenza di avvio obsoleta alla sequenza basata sulle "
#~ "dipendenze?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The boot system is prepared to migrate to dependency-based sequencing. "
#~ "This is an irreversible step, but one that is recommended: it allows the "
#~ "boot process to be optimized for speed and efficiency, and provides a "
#~ "more resilient framework for development."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il sistema di avvio è pronto a migrare alla sequenza basata sulle "
#~ "dipendenze. È un processo irreversibile, ma raccomandato, in quanto "
#~ "consente l'ottimizzaziione del processo di avvio in termini di velocità "
#~ "ed efficienza, e inoltre fornisce un'infrastruttura più elastica per lo "
#~ "sviluppo."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A full rationale is detailed in /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian. If "
#~ "you choose not to migrate now, you can do so later by running \"dpkg-"
#~ "reconfigure sysv-rc\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le motivazioni complete sono esposte in «/usr/share/doc/sysvinit/README."
#~ "Debian.gz». Se si sceglie di non migrare adesso è possibile farlo in un "
#~ "secondo tempo, eseguendo «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc»."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed "
#~ "manually. If it's a bug in the package, it should be reported to the BTS "
#~ "and fixed in the package. See http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/";
#~ "DependencyBasedBoot for more information about how to fix the problems "
#~ "preventing migration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se il problema riportato è una modifica locale, esso deve essere risolto "
#~ "manualmente. Se si tratta di un bug del pacchetto, lo si dovrebbe "
#~ "riportare al BTS (Bug Tracking System) e dovrebbe essere risolto nel "
#~ "pacchetto. Per maggiori informazioni su come risolvere i problemi che "
#~ "impediscono la migrazione consultare http://wiki.debian.org/";
#~ "LSBInitScripts/DependencyBasedBoot."

icinga 1.7.0-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package icinga

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
icinga. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, June 25, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for icinga
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE ICINGA'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the icinga package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008-2010.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: icinga 1.0.1-3 italian debconf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ici...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-11 08:15+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-08 14:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid "Apache servers to configure for icinga:"
msgstr "Server Apache da configurare per icinga:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid "Please select which Apache servers should be configured for icinga."
msgstr "Selezionare quali server Apache devono essere configurati per icinga."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you would prefer to perform configuration manually, leave all servers "
"unselected."
msgstr ""
"Per effettuare una configurazione manuale, lasciare tutti i server non "
"selezionati."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid "Icinga web administration password:"
msgstr "Password per l'amministrazione di Icinga da web:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please provide the password to be created with the \"icingaadmin\" user."
msgstr "Inserire la password da associare all'utente \"icingaadmin\"."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid ""
"This is the username and password to use when connecting to the Icinga "
"server after completing the configuration. If you do not provide a password, "
"you will have to configure access to Icinga manually later on."
msgstr ""
"Questi sono il nome utente e la password per connettersi al server Icinga al "
"termine della configurazione. Se non si specifica una password, in seguito "
"si dovrà configurare l'accesso a Icinga manualmente."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid "Re-enter password to verify:"
msgstr "Reinserire la password:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the same user password again to verify you have typed it "
"correctly."
msgstr ""
"Specificare nuovamente la stessa password per verificare che sia stata "
"inserita correttamente."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid "Password input error"
msgstr "Password errata"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid "The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again."
msgstr "Le due password sono diverse. Riprovare."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../icinga-common.templates:2001
msgid "Use external commands with Icinga?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../icinga-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"As a security feature, Icinga in its default configuration does not look for "
"external commands. Enabling external commands will give the web server write "
"access to the nagios command pipe and is required if you want to be able to "
"use the CGI command interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../icinga-common.templates:2001
msgid "If unsure, do not enable external commands."
msgstr ""

debian-installer: URGENT update for apt-setup strings

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

In preparation for the release, a last minute change was made to
strings belonging to the apt-setup repository.

This D-I component prompts users about activation of extra package
repositories. In the past, this was "volatile" and "security". Now,
"volatile" disappeared and is replace by "stable-updates".

So, the wording of a few tempaltes had to be changed. We did it as
conservatively as possible but that still needs translation updates.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please commit the file to D-I SVN. For those of you who can't, please
send it back to me.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
*Fri, 22 Jun 2012 06:46:18 +0200.*. This is SOON.

Thanks in advance and sorry for this last minute urgent change.

# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-15 21:06+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-04 21:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scanning the volatile updates repository..."
msgid "Scanning the release updates repository..."
msgstr "Analisi degli aggiornamenti da «volatile»..."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})"
msgstr "aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Erase data:"
msgid "release updates"
msgstr "Cancellare i dati:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid "Services to use:"
msgstr "Servizi da usare:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and "
#| "volatile."
msgid ""
"Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and "
"release updates."
msgstr ""
"Debian ha due servizi che forniscono aggiornamenti per i rilasci: security e "
"volatile."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling "
"this service is strongly recommended."
msgstr ""
"Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza aiutano a mantenere il sistema sicuro contro "
"attacchi. Abilitare questo servizio è vivamente raccomandato."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes "
#| "relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could "
#| "reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures "
#| "for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and "
#| "oldstable releases."
msgid ""
"Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes "
"relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce "
"the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This "
"service is only available for stable and oldstable releases."
msgstr ""
"Gli aggiornamenti da «volatile» forniscono versioni più aggiornate per "
"software che cambiano frequentemente e per i quali non avere l'ultima "
"versione potrebbe ridurre l'usabilità del software. Un esempio sono le firme "
"dei virus per i programmi di scansione per virus. Questi servizi sono solo "
"disponibili per le versioni stabile e vecchia stabile."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid "Interface to use:"
msgstr "Interfaccia da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. "
"You can select the type of user interface they use."
msgstr ""
"I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto "
"comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nessuna"

#. Type

collectd 5.1.0-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package collectd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

There have been some changes to collectd debconf templates.

I'm sending this call for translations on behalf of the maintainer
who.probably forgot to do so..:-)


Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against collectd, NOT directly to me.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
unknown and depends on the maintainer's good will. SO, HURRY UP..:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Italian translation of collectd debconf messages.
# Copyright (C) 2012, collectd package copyright holder.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the collectd package.
# Beatrice Torracca , 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: collectd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: colle...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-19 17:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-21 19:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001
msgid "Layout of RRD files has changed"
msgstr "Il formato dei file RRD è cambiato"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly "
"since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. "
"This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px."
msgstr ""
"Il formato dei file RRD creati da collectd è cambiato in modo significativo "
"rispetto alla versione 3.x. Per poter mantenere i propri vecchi dati è "
"necessario fare una migrazione. Ciò può essere fatto usando /usr/lib/"
"collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:3001
msgid ""
"This step requires both the perl and the rrdtool packages to be installed, "
"which is currently not the case. You need to perform the migration manually."
msgstr ""
"Per questo passo è necessario che i pacchetti perl e rrdtool siano entrambi "
"installati, condizione attualmente non soddisfatta. È necessario effettuare "
"la migrazione a mano."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid "See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian for details."
msgstr "Per i dettagli vedere /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
msgid "Automatically try to migrate your RRD files?"
msgstr "Cercare di migrare automaticamente i file RRD?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
msgid ""
"This step can be done automatically. In this case a backup of /var/lib/"
"collectd/ is made in /var/backups/. This script is still experimental, "
"though. Do not expect it to work in all cases."
msgstr ""
"Questo passo può essere fatto automaticamente. In tal caso viene creato un "
"backup di /var/lib/collectd/ in /var/backups/. Questo script però è ancora "
"in fase sperimentale; non ci si aspetti che funzioni in tutti i casi."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Layout of RRD files has changed"
msgid "Layout of RRD files has changed in version 5.0"
msgstr "Il formato dei file RRD è cambiato"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly "
#| "since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. "
#| "This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px."
msgid ""
"The layout of some RRD files created by collectd has changed since version 4."
"x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done "
"by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-4-5.px."
msgstr ""
"Il formato dei file RRD creati da collectd è cambiato in modo significativo "
"rispetto alla versione 3.x. Per poter mantenere i propri vecchi dati è "
"necessario fare una migrazione. Ciò può essere fatto usando /usr/lib/"
"collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
msgid ""
"See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian and the collectd wiki at "
" for details."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:5001
msgid "Remove all collected data (e.g. RRD files)?"
msgstr "Rimuovere tutti i dati raccolti (ad esempio

debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer (sublevel 6)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Be happy. Or not.

Once again, some strings changed lately in Debian Installer. Don't
yell at me, this is not my fault: it seems that developers start
developing.when we're nearly in freeze.

As a consequence, a few more strings have been added to netcfg.

As a consequence, I therefore need you to update your translation.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
"as soon as possible".

Please either commit the file if you have commit access.or send it
to me in case you don't (or can't, or whatever).

Again, sorry. And I'm not even sure this is really last time that I
send you such notice..:-(

Thanks in advance,

# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-17 14:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid "Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool."
msgid ""
"Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link "
"detection."
msgstr "Indicare il nome da usare per il nuovo pool ZFS."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid "Invalid network link detection waiting time"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid ""
"The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in "
"seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer."
msgstr ""

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid "Scanning the release updates repository..."
msgstr "Analisi del repository degli aggiornamenti di release..."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})"
msgstr "aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "release updates"
msgstr "aggiornamenti di release"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid "Services to use:"
msgstr "Servizi da usare:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and "
"release updates."
msgstr ""
"Debian ha due servizi che forniscono aggiornamenti per i rilasci: security e "
"release."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling "
"this service is strongly recommended."
msgstr ""
"Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza aiutano a mantenere il sistema sicuro contro "
"attacchi. Abilitare questo servizio è vivamente raccomandato."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes "
"relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce "
"the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This "
"service is only available for stable and oldstable releases."
msgstr ""
"Gli aggiornamenti di «release» forniscono versioni più aggiornate per "
"software che cambiano frequentemente e per i quali non avere l'ultima "
"versione potrebbe ridurne l'usabilità, inoltre fornisce aggiornamenti per "
"gli errori di regressione. Questo servizio è disponibile solo per le "
"versioni «stable» e «oldstable»."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid "Interface to use:"
msgstr "Interfaccia da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. "
"You can select the type of user interface they use."
msgstr ""
"I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto "
"comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di 

debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer

[Christian Perrier]

It is very likely that the Debian Installer beta 1 release happens
NEXT WEEK-END. So please send any updates to sublevel 6 before Saturday
23rd if you want to be sure they make it to beta1. Otherwise, I can't
promis anythign AT ALL.

And, of course, if you have updates for other sublevels, please do
them before this. Please, however, takecare to only touch strings
which you *really* want to update. No reformatting or rewrapping of PO
files or other similar contentless changes!


# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-17 14:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid "Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool."
msgid ""
"Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link "
"detection."
msgstr "Indicare il nome da usare per il nuovo pool ZFS."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid "Invalid network link detection waiting time"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid ""
"The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in "
"seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer."
msgstr ""

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid "Scanning the release updates repository..."
msgstr "Analisi del repository degli aggiornamenti di release..."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})"
msgstr "aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "release updates"
msgstr "aggiornamenti di release"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid "Services to use:"
msgstr "Servizi da usare:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and "
"release updates."
msgstr ""
"Debian ha due servizi che forniscono aggiornamenti per i rilasci: security e "
"release."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling "
"this service is strongly recommended."
msgstr ""
"Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza aiutano a mantenere il sistema sicuro contro "
"attacchi. Abilitare questo servizio è vivamente raccomandato."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid ""
"Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes "
"relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce "
"the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This "
"service is only available for stable and oldstable releases."
msgstr ""
"Gli aggiornamenti di «release» forniscono versioni più aggiornate per "
"software che cambiano frequentemente e per i quali non avere l'ultima "
"versione potrebbe ridurne l'usabilità, inoltre fornisce aggiornamenti per "
"gli errori di regressione. Questo servizio è disponibile solo per le "
"versioni «stable» e «oldstable»."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid "Interface to use:"
msgstr "Interfaccia da utilizzare:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. "
"You can select the type of user interface they use."
msgstr ""
"I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto "
"comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nessuna"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#

ipsec-tools 1:0.8.0-13: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ipsec-tools

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ipsec-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, July 7, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for ipsec-tools
# Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ipsec-tools package.
# Luca Monducci , 2008.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ipsec-tools\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ipsec-to...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-30 16:16+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-22 21:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../racoon.templates:2001
msgid "direct"
msgstr "diretto"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../racoon.templates:2001
msgid "racoon-tool"
msgstr "racoon-tool"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration mode for racoon IKE daemon."
msgid "Configuration mode for racoon IKE daemon:"
msgstr "Modalità di configurazione del demone IKE racoon."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Racoon can be configured two ways, either by directly editing /etc/racoon/"
#| "racoon.conf or using the racoon-tool administrative front end. racoon-"
#| "tool is now deprecated and is only available for backward compatibility. "
#| "New installations should always use the \"direct\" method."
msgid ""
"Racoon can be configured either directly, by editing /etc/racoon/racoon."
"conf, or using the racoon-tool administrative front end."
msgstr ""
"Racoon può essere configurato in due modi, direttamente andando a "
"modificare /etc/racoon/racoon.conf oppure usando l'interfaccia "
"d'amministrazione racoon-tool, però adesso racoon-tool è deprecato ed è "
"disponibile solo per compatibilità con il passato. Le nuove installazione "
"devono usare sempre il metodo \"diretto\"."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Use of the \"direct\" method is strongly recommended if you want to use all "
"the racoon examples on the Net, and if you want to use the full racoon "
"feature set. You will have to directly edit /etc/racoon/racoon.conf and "
"possibly manually set up the Security Policy Database via setkey."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Racoon-tool has been updated for racoon 0.8.0, and is for use in basic "
"configuration setups. It gives the benefit of managing the SPD along with "
"the IKE that strongSwan offers. IPv6, transport/tunnel mode (ESP/AH), PSK/"
"X509 auth, and basic \"anonymous\" VPN server are supported."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
msgid "More information is available in /usr/share/doc/racoon/README.Debian."
msgstr ""

debian-installer: Please (once again) complete sublevel 6 for Debian Installer

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Sorina Sandu's GSOC work about link detection and wireless network
selection in D-I has been merged into the main repository for netcfg.

This involves some templates changes. These will not be included in
D-I beta1 which is about to be released. Still, it would be great if
people could update their translations.

Please preferrably commit the needed update in place
(packages/po/sublevel6 in D-I SVN repository).

If you can't (no commit access yet...or trouble in committing), please
send updates to me.

Thanks in advance,

# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-07-13 14:27+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-21 08:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid "Attempting to find an available wireless network failed."
msgstr ""
"Il tentativo di rilevare una rete senza fili disponibile non è riuscito."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the "
#| "ESSID) of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. If you "
#| "would like to use any available network, leave this field blank."
msgid ""
"${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID) "
"of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any "
"available network, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""
"${iface} è un'interfaccia di rete senza fili. Inserire il nome (l'ESSID) "
"della rete senza fili da usare con ${iface}. Lasciare il campo vuoto per "
"usare una qualsiasi rete senza fili tra quelle disponibili."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid "Invalid ESSID"
msgstr "ESSID non valido"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The ESSID \"${essid}\" is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to 32 "
#| "characters, but may contain all kinds of characters."
msgid ""
"The ESSID \"${essid}\" is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len} "
"characters, but may contain all kinds of characters."
msgstr ""
"L'ESSID «${essid}» non è valido. Gli ESSID possono essere composti al "
"massimo da 32 caratteri, ma di qualsiasi tipo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid "Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:"
msgstr "Tempo di attesa (in secondi) per il rilevamento della connessione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid ""
"Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link "
"detection."
msgstr ""
"Indicare il tempo massimo di attesa per il rilevamento della connessione di "
"rete."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid "Invalid network link detection waiting time"
msgstr "Tempo di attesa inserito non valido"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid ""
"The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in "
"seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer."
msgstr ""
"Il valore fornito non è valido. Il tempo massimo di attesa (in secondi) per "
"il rilevamento della connessione deve essere un numero intero positivo."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators: please do not translate the variable essid_list
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50001
msgid "${essid_list} Enter ESSID manually"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Type of wireless network:"
msgid "Wireless network:"
msgstr "Tipo di rete senza fili:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose the next step in the install process:"
msgid "Select the wireless network to use during the installation process."
msgstr "Scegliere il prossimo passo del processo d'installazione:"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid "Scanning the release updates repository..."
msgstr "Analisi del repository degli aggiornamenti di release..."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})"
msgstr "aggiornamenti di

Rimozione dello spam dalle liste -italian (luglio 2012 e mese precedente...)

[Christian PERRIER]

Dato che siamo nel mese di agosto 2012, è ora possibile trattare
archivi luglio 2012 delle mailing list italiane.  

Ricordate ovviamente di aggiungere il vostro nome alla lista dei
revisori così sappiamo dove siamo.

I dettagli del processo di pulizia di spam:
[0] http://wiki.debian.org/I18n/ItalianSpamClean

(sorry, I think Stefano Canepa sent me some corrections for this
Anglo-franco-Italian mail but I can't find them anymore...:-))



signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

hoteldruid 2.0.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package hoteldruid

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
hoteldruid. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, August 22, 2012.

Thanks,

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Marco M. F. De Santis , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: hoteldruid 2.0.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: hoteldr...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-08-08 09:12+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-11 15:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marco M. F. De Santis \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure automatically the Apache web server?"
msgid "Automatically configure the Apache web server for HotelDruid?"
msgstr "Configurare automaticamente il server web Apache?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "HotelDruid runs on any web server supporting PHP, but only the Apache web "
#| "server can be configured automatically."
msgid ""
"HotelDruid runs on any web server supporting PHP, but automatic "
"configuration can only be performed for Apache."
msgstr ""
"HotelDruid può funzionare su qualsiasi server web che supporti PHP, ma solo "
"solo il server web Apache può essere configurato automaticamente."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Once configured, HotelDruid can be accessed locally at \"http://localhost/";
"hoteldruid\"."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Please choose whether automatic configuration should be performed now."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Restrict HotelDruid access to localhost?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Apache web server can be configured to allow connections only from this "
#| "computer (localhost)."
msgid ""
"The Apache web server can be configured to forbid HotelDruid connections "
"from other machines."
msgstr ""
"Il server web Apache può essere configurato per consentire solo connessioni "
"che provengano da questo computer (localhost)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"It is recommended to activate this setting if HotelDruid is going to be used "
"only from this machine."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Reload the web server configuration for HotelDruid?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In order to activate the new configuration, the reconfigured web server "
#| "has to be restarted."
msgid ""
"In order to activate the new configuration for HotelDruid, the web server "
"has to reload its configuration files."
msgstr ""
"Per attivare la nuova configurazione, il server web riconfigurato deve "
"essere riavviato."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "HotelDruid administrator username:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter a name for the administrator user, which will be able to manage "
"HotelDruid's configuration and create new users. The username should be "
"composed of ASCII letters and numbers only."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"You can later change the administrator username and password from the \"User "
"management\" page in HotelDruid. If this field is left blank, no user login "
"will be required to access HotelDruid."
msgstr ""

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "HotelDruid administrator password:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Please choose a password for the HotelDruid administrator."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Erase HotelDruid data when purging the package?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "The hoteldruid package is about to be purged from this system."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ""
"HotelDruid stores its data in \"/var/lib/hoteldruid\". If you choose this "
"option, these data files will be erased now."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ""
"Refuse this option if there is operational information which should be kept "
"after HotelDruid is purged."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With automatic configuration you should be able to access HotelDruid with "
#~ "any web browser at http://localhost/hoteldruid from this computer."
#~ msgstr "

keystone 2012.1.1-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package keystone

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
keystone. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, August 25, 2012.

Thanks,

# Italian translation of keystone debconf messages.
# Copyright (C) 2012, Beatrice Torracca 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the keystone package.
# Beatrice Torracca , 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: keystone\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: keyst...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-08-11 08:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-11 19:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid "Set up a database for Keystone?"
msgstr "Impostare un database per Keystone?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid ""
"No database has been set up for Keystone to use. If you want to set one up "
"now, please make sure you have all needed information:"
msgstr ""
"Non è stato impostato alcun database per l'uso da parte di Keystone. Se si "
"desidera impostarne uno ora assicurarsi di avere tutte le informazioni "
"necessarie:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid ""
" * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n"
"   connections from this machine);\n"
" * a username and password to access the database;\n"
" * the type of database management software you want to use."
msgstr ""
" * il nome host del server di database (che deve permettere le connessioni\n"
"   TCP da questa macchina);\n"
" * un nome utente e una password per accedere al database;\n"
" * il tipo di software di gestione del database che si desidera usare."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you don't choose this option, no database will be set up and Keystone "
"will use regular SQLite support."
msgstr ""
"Se non si sceglie questa opzione, non verrà impostato alcun database e "
"Keystone userà il regolare supporto SQLite."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You can change this setting later on by running \"dpkg-reconfigure -plow "
"keystone\"."
msgstr ""
"È possibile cambiare questa impostazione successivamente eseguendo \"dpkg-"
"reconfigure -plow keystone\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:3001
msgid "Authentication server administration token:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:3001
msgid "Please enter the token to use with the authentication server."
msgstr ""

Rimozione dello spam dalle liste -italian (2012/08)

[Christian PERRIER]

Dato che siamo nel mese di settembre 2012, è ora possibile trattare
archivi agosto 2012 delle mailing list italiane.  

Ricordate ovviamente di aggiungere il vostro nome alla lista dei
revisori così sappiamo dove siamo.

I dettagli del processo di pulizia di spam:
[0] http://wiki.debian.org/I18n/ItalianSpamClean





-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

sysvinit 2.88dsf-32.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysvinit

[Christian Perrier]

SPANISH TEAM, this is in particular for you. This package is missing
for you guys to make it 100% in wheezy.

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sysvinit pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, September 09, 2012or as soon as I get the Spanish
translation updated.

Thanks,

# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF SYSVINIT'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE SYSVINIT'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sysvinit package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella , 2009.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysvinit 2.87dsf-5\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sysvi...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-05 06:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-13 12:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid "Unable to migrate to dependency-based boot system"
msgstr "Impossibile migrare al sistema d'avvio basato sulle dipendenze"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Tests have determined that problems in the boot system exist which "
#| "prevent migration to dependency-based boot sequencing:"
msgid ""
"Problems in the boot system exist which are preventing migration to "
"dependency-based boot sequencing:"
msgstr ""
"Le verifiche hanno trovato problemi esistenti nel sistema di avvio che "
"impediscono la migrazione alla sequenza di avvio basata sulle dipendenze:"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed "
"manually.  These are typically due to obsolete conffiles being left after a "
"package has been removed, but not purged.  It is suggested that these are "
"removed by running:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid "${SUGGESTION}"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To reattempt the migration process after the problems have been fixed, "
#| "run \"dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\"."
msgid ""
"Package installation can not continue until the above problems have been "
"fixed.  To reattempt the migration process after these problems have been "
"fixed, run \"dpkg --configure sysv-rc\"."
msgstr ""
"Per tentare nuovamente il processo di migrazione dopo che i problemi sono "
"stati risolti, eseguire «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc»."

#~ msgid "Migrate legacy boot sequencing to dependency-based sequencing?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Migrare la sequenza di avvio obsoleta alla sequenza basata sulle "
#~ "dipendenze?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The boot system is prepared to migrate to dependency-based sequencing. "
#~ "This is an irreversible step, but one that is recommended: it allows the "
#~ "boot process to be optimized for speed and efficiency, and provides a "
#~ "more resilient framework for development."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il sistema di avvio è pronto a migrare alla sequenza basata sulle "
#~ "dipendenze. È un processo irreversibile, ma raccomandato, in quanto "
#~ "consente l'ottimizzaziione del processo di avvio in termini di velocità "
#~ "ed efficienza, e inoltre fornisce un'infrastruttura più elastica per lo "
#~ "sviluppo."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A full rationale is detailed in /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian. If "
#~ "you choose not to migrate now, you can do so later by running \"dpkg-"
#~ "reconfigure sysv-rc\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le motivazioni complete sono esposte in «/usr/share/doc/sysvinit/README."
#~ "Debian.gz». Se si sceglie di non migrare adesso è possibile farlo in un "
#~ "secondo tempo, eseguendo «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc»."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed "
#~ "manually. If it's a bug in the package, it should be reported to the BTS "
#~ "and fixed in the package. See http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/";
#~ "DependencyBasedBoot for more information about how to fix the problems "
#~ "preventing migration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se il problema riportato è una modifica locale, esso deve essere risolto "
#~ "manualmente. Se si tratta di un bug del pacchetto, lo si dovrebbe "
#~ "riportare al BTS (Bug Tracking System) e dovrebbe essere risolto nel "
#~ "pacchetto. Per maggiori informazioni su come risolvere i problemi che "
#~ "impediscono la migrazione consultare http://wiki.debian.org/";
#~ "LSBInitScripts/DependencyBasedBoot."

Needed update for Debian Installer sublevel 6 (IPv6 support in network configuration)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

IPv6 support is being lately added to Debian Installer.

As a consequence of this, some translatable strings have been modified
or added.

These changes will be included in Debian Installer beta3 for wheezy,
to be release in less than 2 weeks (Debian Installer is about to be
released, NOT wheezy!).

All such changes have been collected in "sublevel 6", a special PO
file with recently modified translatable strings.

Please update your translation as soon as possible. Direct commit by
yourself is highly preferred. Please send the updated file to me ONLY
if you can't do the update yourself

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, 27 Sep 2012 0h00. Yes, that's a short deadline..:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande , 2012.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-17 22:02+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-19 21:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n"
"Language-Team: Italian \n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP?"
msgid "Auto-configure networking?"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica della rete con DHCP?"

# (ndt) accorciata, penso si capisca lo stesso.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Networking can either be configured by DHCP or by manually entering all "
#| "the information. If you choose to use DHCP and the installer is unable to "
#| "get a working configuration from a DHCP server on your network, you will "
#| "be given the opportunity to configure your network manually after the "
#| "attempt to configure it by DHCP."
msgid ""
"Networking can be configured either by entering all the information "
"manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect "
"network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and "
"the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you "
"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually."
msgstr ""
"La rete può essere configurata utilizzando DHCP oppure manualmente inserendo "
"tutte le informazioni. Se viene scelto il metodo DHCP e il programma "
"d'installazione non riesce a ottenere una configurazione funzionante dal "
"server DHCP della propria rete, viene offerta la possibilità di configurare "
"la rete manualmente."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid "Attempting to find an available wireless network failed."
msgstr ""
"Il tentativo di rilevare una rete senza fili disponibile non è riuscito."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid ""
"${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID) "
"of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any "
"available network, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""
"${iface} è un'interfaccia di rete senza fili. Inserire il nome (l'ESSID) "
"della rete senza fili da usare con ${iface}. Lasciare il campo vuoto per "
"usare una qualsiasi rete senza fili tra quelle disponibili."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid "Invalid ESSID"
msgstr "ESSID non valido"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid ""
"The ESSID \"${essid}\" is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len} "
"characters, but may contain all kinds of characters."
msgstr ""
"L'ESSID «${essid}» non è valido. Gli ESSID possono essere composti al "
"massimo da 32 caratteri, ma di qualsiasi tipo."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid "Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:"
msgstr "Tempo di attesa (in secondi) per il rilevamento della connessione:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid ""
"Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link "
"detection."
msgstr ""
"Indicare il tempo massimo di attesa per il rilevamento della connessione di "
"rete."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid "Invalid network link detection waiting time"
msgstr "Tempo di attesa inserito non valido"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid ""
"The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in "
"seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer."
msgstr ""
"Il valore fornito non è valido. Il tempo massimo di attesa (in secondi) per "
"i